]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - ld/ldlang.c
LTO object insertion point
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
71 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
72 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
73 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
74 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
75 lang_statement_union). */
76 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
77 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
78 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
79 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
80 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
81 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
82
83 /* Forward declarations. */
84 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
85 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
86 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
87 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
88 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
89 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
90 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statements (void);
93 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
94 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
95 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
96 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
97 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
98 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
99 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
100
101 /* Exported variables. */
102 const char *output_target;
103 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
104 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
105 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
106 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
107 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
108 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
109 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
110 lang_statement_union). */
111 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
112 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
113 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
114 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
115 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
116 lang_statement_union). */
117 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
118 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
119 const char *entry_section = ".text";
120 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
121 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
122 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
123 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
124 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
125 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
126 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
127 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
128 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
129 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
130
131 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
132 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
133 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
134
135 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
136 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
137 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
138 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
139 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
140 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
141
142 #define new_stat(x, y) \
143 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
144
145 #define outside_section_address(q) \
146 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
147
148 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
149 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
150
151 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
152
153 void *
154 stat_alloc (size_t size)
155 {
156 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
157 }
158
159 static int
160 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
161 {
162 if (wildcardp (pattern))
163 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
164 return strcmp (pattern, name);
165 }
166
167 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
168 separator. If not, return NULL. */
169
170 static char *
171 archive_path (const char *pattern)
172 {
173 char *p = NULL;
174
175 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
176 return p;
177
178 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
179 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
180 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
181 return p;
182
183 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
184 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
185 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
186 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
187 #endif
188 return p;
189 }
190
191 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
192 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
193
194 static bfd_boolean
195 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
196 lang_input_statement_type *f)
197 {
198 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
199
200 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
201 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
202 && ((sep != file_spec)
203 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
204 {
205 match = TRUE;
206
207 if (sep != file_spec)
208 {
209 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
210 *sep = 0;
211 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
212 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
213 }
214 }
215 return match;
216 }
217
218 static bfd_boolean
219 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
220 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
221 {
222 struct unique_sections *unam;
223 const char *secnam;
224
225 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
226 && sec->owner != NULL
227 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
228 return !(os != NULL
229 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
230
231 secnam = sec->name;
232 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
233 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
234 return TRUE;
235
236 return FALSE;
237 }
238
239 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
240
241 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
242 false. */
243
244 static bfd_boolean
245 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
246 lang_input_statement_type *file)
247 {
248 struct name_list *list_tmp;
249
250 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
251 list_tmp;
252 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
253 {
254 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
255
256 if (p != NULL)
257 {
258 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
259 return TRUE;
260 }
261
262 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
263 return TRUE;
264
265 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
266 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
267 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
268 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
269 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
270 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
271 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
272 return TRUE;
273 }
274
275 return FALSE;
276 }
277
278 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
279 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
280 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
281 function is very fast. */
282
283 static void
284 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
285 lang_input_statement_type *file,
286 asection *s,
287 struct wildcard_list *sec,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
292 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
293 return;
294
295 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
296 }
297
298 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
299 but slowly. */
300
301 static void
302 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
303 lang_input_statement_type *file,
304 callback_t callback,
305 void *data)
306 {
307 asection *s;
308 struct wildcard_list *sec;
309
310 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
311 {
312 sec = ptr->section_list;
313 if (sec == NULL)
314 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
315
316 while (sec != NULL)
317 {
318 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
319
320 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
321 {
322 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
323
324 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
325 }
326
327 if (!skip)
328 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
329
330 sec = sec->next;
331 }
332 }
333 }
334
335 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
336 than one section with that name, we report that. */
337
338 typedef struct
339 {
340 asection *found_section;
341 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
342 } section_iterator_callback_data;
343
344 static bfd_boolean
345 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
346 {
347 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
348
349 if (d->found_section != NULL)
350 {
351 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
352 return TRUE;
353 }
354
355 d->found_section = s;
356 return FALSE;
357 }
358
359 static asection *
360 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
361 struct wildcard_list *sec,
362 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
363 {
364 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
365
366 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
367 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
368 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
369 return cb_data.found_section;
370 }
371
372 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
373 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
374
375 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
376 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
377
378 static bfd_boolean
379 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
380 {
381 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
382 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
383 }
384
385 static bfd_boolean
386 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
387 {
388 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
389 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
390 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
391 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
392 return FALSE;
393
394 pattern += 4;
395 name += 4;
396 while (*pattern != '*')
397 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
398 return FALSE;
399
400 return TRUE;
401 }
402
403 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
404 section name NAME. */
405
406 static unsigned long
407 get_init_priority (const char *name)
408 {
409 char *end;
410 unsigned long init_priority;
411
412 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
413 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
414 lower value means a higher priority.
415
416 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
417 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
418 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
419 .fini_array is backward.
420 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
421 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
422 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
423 is forward.
424 */
425 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
426 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
427 {
428 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
429 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
430 }
431 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
432 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
433 {
434 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
435 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
436 }
437
438 return 0;
439 }
440
441 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
442
443 static int
444 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
445 {
446 int ret;
447 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
448
449 switch (sort)
450 {
451 default:
452 abort ();
453
454 case by_init_priority:
455 ainit_priority
456 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
457 binit_priority
458 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
459 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
460 goto sort_by_name;
461 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
462 if (ret)
463 break;
464 else
465 goto sort_by_name;
466
467 case by_alignment_name:
468 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
469 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
470 if (ret)
471 break;
472 /* Fall through. */
473
474 case by_name:
475 sort_by_name:
476 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
477 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
478 break;
479
480 case by_name_alignment:
481 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
482 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
483 if (ret)
484 break;
485 /* Fall through. */
486
487 case by_alignment:
488 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
489 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
490 break;
491 }
492
493 return ret;
494 }
495
496 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
497 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
498 of sections are large. */
499
500 static lang_section_bst_type **
501 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
502 struct wildcard_list *sec,
503 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
504 asection *section)
505 {
506 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
507
508 tree = &wild->tree;
509 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
510 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
511 {
512 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
513 while (*tree)
514 tree = &((*tree)->right);
515 return tree;
516 }
517
518 while (*tree)
519 {
520 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
521 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
522 tree = &((*tree)->left);
523 else
524 tree = &((*tree)->right);
525 }
526
527 return tree;
528 }
529
530 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
531
532 static void
533 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
534 struct wildcard_list *sec,
535 asection *section,
536 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 lang_input_statement_type *file,
538 void *output)
539 {
540 lang_section_bst_type *node;
541 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
542 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
543
544 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
545
546 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
547 return;
548
549 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
550 node->left = 0;
551 node->right = 0;
552 node->section = section;
553
554 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
555 if (tree != NULL)
556 *tree = node;
557 }
558
559 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
560
561 static void
562 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
563 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
564 void *output)
565 {
566 if (tree->left)
567 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
568
569 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
570 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
571
572 if (tree->right)
573 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
574
575 free (tree);
576 }
577
578 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
579 wildcards */
580
581 static void
582 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
583 lang_input_statement_type *file,
584 callback_t callback,
585 void *data)
586 {
587 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
588 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
589 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
590 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
591 get processed in the bfd's order. */
592 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
593 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
595
596 if (multiple_sections_found)
597 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
598 else if (s0)
599 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
600 }
601
602 static void
603 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
604 lang_input_statement_type *file,
605 callback_t callback,
606 void *data)
607 {
608 asection *s;
609 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
610
611 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
612 {
613 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
614 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
615
616 if (!skip)
617 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
618 }
619 }
620
621 static void
622 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
623 lang_input_statement_type *file,
624 callback_t callback,
625 void *data)
626 {
627 asection *s;
628 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
629 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
630 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
631 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
632
633 if (multiple_sections_found)
634 {
635 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
636 return;
637 }
638
639 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
640 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
641 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
642 {
643 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
644 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
645 wildspec1. */
646 if (s == s0)
647 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
648 else
649 {
650 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
651 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
652
653 if (!skip)
654 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
655 data);
656 }
657 }
658 }
659
660 static void
661 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
662 lang_input_statement_type *file,
663 callback_t callback,
664 void *data)
665 {
666 asection *s;
667 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
668 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
669 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
670 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
671 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
672
673 if (multiple_sections_found)
674 {
675 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
676 return;
677 }
678
679 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
680 {
681 if (s == s0)
682 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
683 else
684 {
685 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
686 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
687
688 if (!skip)
689 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
690 else
691 {
692 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
693 if (!skip)
694 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
695 data);
696 }
697 }
698 }
699 }
700
701 static void
702 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
703 lang_input_statement_type *file,
704 callback_t callback,
705 void *data)
706 {
707 asection *s;
708 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
709 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
710 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
711 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
712 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
713 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
714
715 if (multiple_sections_found)
716 {
717 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
718 return;
719 }
720
721 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
722 if (multiple_sections_found)
723 {
724 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
725 return;
726 }
727
728 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
729 {
730 if (s == s0)
731 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
732 else
733 if (s == s1)
734 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
735 else
736 {
737 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
738 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
739 sname);
740
741 if (!skip)
742 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
743 data);
744 else
745 {
746 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
747 if (!skip)
748 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
749 callback, data);
750 }
751 }
752 }
753 }
754
755 static void
756 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
757 lang_input_statement_type *file,
758 callback_t callback,
759 void *data)
760 {
761 if (file->flags.just_syms)
762 return;
763
764 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
765 }
766
767 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
768 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
769 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
770 first wildcard character. */
771
772 static bfd_boolean
773 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
774 {
775 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
776 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
777 size_t min_prefix_len;
778
779 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
780 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
781 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
782 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
783 prefix1_len++;
784 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
785 prefix2_len++;
786
787 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
788
789 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
790 }
791
792 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
793 statements. */
794
795 static void
796 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
797 {
798 int sec_count = 0;
799 int wild_name_count = 0;
800 struct wildcard_list *sec;
801 int signature;
802 int data_counter;
803
804 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
805 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
806 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
807 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
808 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
809 ptr->tree = NULL;
810
811 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
812 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
813 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
814 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
815 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
816 ending in a single '*'. */
817 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
818 {
819 ++sec_count;
820 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
821 return;
822 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
823 {
824 ++wild_name_count;
825 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
826 return;
827 }
828 }
829
830 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
831 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
832 happen in practice. */
833 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
834 return;
835
836 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
837 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
838 {
839 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
840 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
841 {
842 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
843 return;
844 }
845 }
846
847 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
848 switch (signature)
849 {
850 case 0x0100:
851 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
852 break;
853 case 0x0101:
854 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
855 break;
856 case 0x0201:
857 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
858 break;
859 case 0x0302:
860 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
861 break;
862 case 0x0402:
863 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
864 break;
865 default:
866 return;
867 }
868
869 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
870 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
871 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
872 given order, because we've already determined that no section
873 will match more than one spec. */
874 data_counter = 0;
875 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
876 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
877 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
878 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
879 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
880 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
881 }
882
883 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
884
885 static void
886 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
887 lang_input_statement_type *f,
888 callback_t callback,
889 void *data)
890 {
891 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
892 return;
893
894 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
895 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
896 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
897 else
898 {
899 bfd *member;
900
901 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
902 archive separately. */
903 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
904 while (member != NULL)
905 {
906 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
907 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
908 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
909 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
910 lang_input_statement. */
911 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
912 {
913 walk_wild_section (s,
914 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
915 callback, data);
916 }
917
918 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
919 }
920 }
921 }
922
923 static void
924 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
925 {
926 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
927 char *p;
928
929 if (file_spec == NULL)
930 {
931 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
932 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
933 {
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
938 {
939 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
940 {
941 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
942 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
943 }
944 }
945 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
946 {
947 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
948 {
949 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
950 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
951 }
952 }
953 else
954 {
955 lang_input_statement_type *f;
956
957 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
958 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
959 if (f)
960 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
961 }
962 }
963
964 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
965 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
966 with constraint set to -1. */
967
968 void
969 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
970 lang_statement_union_type *s)
971 {
972 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
973 {
974 func (s);
975
976 switch (s->header.type)
977 {
978 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
979 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
980 break;
981 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
982 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
983 lang_for_each_statement_worker
984 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
985 break;
986 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
987 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
988 s->wild_statement.children.head);
989 break;
990 case lang_group_statement_enum:
991 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
992 s->group_statement.children.head);
993 break;
994 case lang_data_statement_enum:
995 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
996 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
997 case lang_output_statement_enum:
998 case lang_target_statement_enum:
999 case lang_input_section_enum:
1000 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1001 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1002 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1003 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1004 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1005 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1006 break;
1007 default:
1008 FAIL ();
1009 break;
1010 }
1011 }
1012 }
1013
1014 void
1015 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1016 {
1017 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1018 }
1019
1020 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1021
1022 void
1023 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1024 {
1025 list->head = NULL;
1026 list->tail = &list->head;
1027 }
1028
1029 void
1030 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1031 {
1032 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1033 abort ();
1034 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1035 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1036 }
1037
1038 void
1039 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1040 {
1041 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1042 abort ();
1043 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1047
1048 static lang_statement_union_type *
1049 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1050 size_t size,
1051 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1052 {
1053 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1054
1055 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1056 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1057 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1058 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1059 return new_stmt;
1060 }
1061
1062 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1063 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1064 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1065
1066 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1067 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1068 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1069 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1070
1071 static lang_input_statement_type *
1072 new_afile (const char *name,
1073 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1074 const char *target,
1075 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1076 {
1077 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1078
1079 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1080
1081 if (add_to_list)
1082 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1083 else
1084 {
1085 p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1086 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1087 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1088 p->header.next = NULL;
1089 }
1090
1091 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1092 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1093 p->target = target;
1094 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1095 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1096 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1097 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1098 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1099
1100 switch (file_type)
1101 {
1102 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1103 p->filename = name;
1104 p->local_sym_name = name;
1105 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1106 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1107 break;
1108 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1109 p->filename = name;
1110 p->local_sym_name = name;
1111 break;
1112 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1113 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1114 {
1115 p->filename = name + 1;
1116 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1117 }
1118 else
1119 p->filename = name;
1120 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1121 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1122 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1123 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1124 break;
1125 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1126 p->filename = name;
1127 p->local_sym_name = name;
1128 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1129 break;
1130 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1131 p->filename = name;
1132 p->local_sym_name = name;
1133 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1134 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1135 break;
1136 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1137 p->filename = name;
1138 p->local_sym_name = name;
1139 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1140 break;
1141 default:
1142 FAIL ();
1143 }
1144
1145 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1146 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1147 &p->next_real_file);
1148 return p;
1149 }
1150
1151 lang_input_statement_type *
1152 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1153 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1154 const char *target)
1155 {
1156 if (name != NULL
1157 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1158 {
1159 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1160 char *sysrooted_name
1161 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1162 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1163 (const char *) NULL);
1164
1165 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1166 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1167 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1168 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1169 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1170 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1171 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1172 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1173 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1174 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1175 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1176 return ret;
1177 }
1178
1179 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1180 }
1181
1182 struct out_section_hash_entry
1183 {
1184 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1185 lang_statement_union_type s;
1186 };
1187
1188 /* The hash table. */
1189
1190 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1191
1192 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1193 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1194
1195 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1196 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1197 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1198 const char *string)
1199 {
1200 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1201 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1202
1203 if (entry == NULL)
1204 {
1205 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1206 sizeof (*ret));
1207 if (entry == NULL)
1208 return entry;
1209 }
1210
1211 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1212 if (entry == NULL)
1213 return entry;
1214
1215 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1216 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1217 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1218 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1219 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1220 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1221 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1222 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1223
1224 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1225 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1226 field of the last element of the list. */
1227 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1228 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1229 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1230 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1231 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1232
1233 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1234 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1235 instead. */
1236 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1237 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list,
1238 &ret->s,
1239 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1240 return &ret->root;
1241 }
1242
1243 static void
1244 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1245 {
1246 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1247 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1248 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1249 61))
1250 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1251 }
1252
1253 static void
1254 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1255 {
1256 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1257 }
1258
1259 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1260
1261 void
1262 lang_init (void)
1263 {
1264 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1265
1266 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1267
1268 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1269
1270 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1271
1272 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1273 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1274 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1275 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1276 NULL);
1277 abs_output_section =
1278 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1279
1280 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1281
1282 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1283 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1284 }
1285
1286 void
1287 lang_finish (void)
1288 {
1289 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1290 }
1291
1292 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1293 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1294 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1295 syntax.
1296
1297 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1298
1299 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1300 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1301
1302 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1303 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1304 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1305 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1306 and so we issue a warning.
1307
1308 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1309 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1310 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1311 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1312 region. */
1313
1314 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1315 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1316 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1317
1318 lang_memory_region_type *
1319 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1320 {
1321 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1322 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1323 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1324
1325 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1326 if (name == NULL)
1327 return NULL;
1328
1329 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1330 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1331 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1332 {
1333 if (create)
1334 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1335 NULL, name);
1336 return r;
1337 }
1338
1339 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1340 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1341 NULL, name);
1342
1343 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1344 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1345
1346 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1347 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1348 new_region->next = NULL;
1349 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1350 new_region->origin = 0;
1351 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1352 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1353 new_region->current = 0;
1354 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1355 new_region->flags = 0;
1356 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1357 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1358
1359 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1360 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1361
1362 return new_region;
1363 }
1364
1365 void
1366 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1367 {
1368 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1369 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1370 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1371
1372 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1373 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1374 the default memory region. */
1375 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1376 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1377 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1378
1379 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1380 in use. */
1381 region = NULL;
1382 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1383 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1384 {
1385 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1386 region = r;
1387 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1388 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1389 "alias `%s'\n"),
1390 NULL, alias);
1391 }
1392
1393 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1394 if (region == NULL)
1395 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1396 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1397 NULL, region_name, alias);
1398
1399 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1400 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1401 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1402 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1403 region->name_list.next = n;
1404 }
1405
1406 static lang_memory_region_type *
1407 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1408 {
1409 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1410
1411 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1412
1413 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1414 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1415 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1416
1417 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1418 {
1419 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1420 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1421 {
1422 return p;
1423 }
1424 }
1425 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1429
1430 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1431 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1432 {
1433 return get_userdata (output_section);
1434 }
1435
1436 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1437 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1438 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1439 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1440
1441 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1442 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1443 int constraint,
1444 bfd_boolean create)
1445 {
1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1447
1448 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1449 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1450 create, FALSE));
1451 if (entry == NULL)
1452 {
1453 if (create)
1454 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1455 return NULL;
1456 }
1457
1458 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1459 {
1460 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1461 constraint. */
1462 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1463
1464 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1465 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1466 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1467 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1468 but that shouldn't matter. */
1469 last_ent = entry;
1470 else
1471 do
1472 {
1473 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1474 || (constraint == 0
1475 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1476 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1477 last_ent = entry;
1478 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1479 }
1480 while (entry != NULL
1481 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1482
1483 if (!create)
1484 return NULL;
1485
1486 entry
1487 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1488 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1489 &output_section_statement_table,
1490 name));
1491 if (entry == NULL)
1492 {
1493 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1494 return NULL;
1495 }
1496 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1497 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1498 }
1499
1500 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1501 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1502 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1503 }
1504
1505 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1506 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1507 match any non-negative constraint. */
1508
1509 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1510 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1511 int constraint)
1512 {
1513 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1514 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1515 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1516 ((char *) os
1517 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1518 const char *name = os->name;
1519
1520 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1521 do
1522 {
1523 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1524 if (entry == NULL
1525 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1526 return NULL;
1527 }
1528 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1529 && (constraint != 0
1530 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1531
1532 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1533 }
1534
1535 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1536 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1537 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1538 sets *EXACT too. */
1539
1540 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1541 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1542 flagword sec_flags,
1543 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1544 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1545 {
1546 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1547 flagword look_flags, differ;
1548
1549 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1550 skip it. */
1551 first = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
1552 first = first->next;
1553
1554 /* First try for an exact match. */
1555 found = NULL;
1556 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1557 {
1558 look_flags = look->flags;
1559 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1560 {
1561 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1562 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1563 look->bfd_section,
1564 sec->owner, sec))
1565 continue;
1566 }
1567 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1568 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1569 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1570 found = look;
1571 }
1572 if (found != NULL)
1573 {
1574 if (exact != NULL)
1575 *exact = found;
1576 return found;
1577 }
1578
1579 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1580 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1581 {
1582 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1583 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1584 {
1585 look_flags = look->flags;
1586 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1587 {
1588 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1589 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1590 look->bfd_section,
1591 sec->owner, sec))
1592 continue;
1593 }
1594 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1595 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1596 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1597 found = look;
1598 }
1599 }
1600 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1601 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1602 {
1603 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1604 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1605 {
1606 look_flags = look->flags;
1607 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1608 {
1609 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1610 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1611 look->bfd_section,
1612 sec->owner, sec))
1613 continue;
1614 }
1615 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1616 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1617 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1618 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1619 | SEC_READONLY))
1620 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1621 found = look;
1622 }
1623 }
1624 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1625 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1626 {
1627 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1628 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1629 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1630
1631 match_type = NULL;
1632 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1633 {
1634 look_flags = look->flags;
1635 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1636 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1637
1638 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1639 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1640 {
1641 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1642 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1643 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1644 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1645 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1646 previous section. */
1647 break;
1648 found = look;
1649 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1650 }
1651 else if (seen_thread_local)
1652 break;
1653 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1654 found = look;
1655 }
1656 }
1657 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1658 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1659 {
1660 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1661 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1662 {
1663 look_flags = look->flags;
1664 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1665 {
1666 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1667 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1668 look->bfd_section,
1669 sec->owner, sec))
1670 continue;
1671 }
1672 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1673 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1674 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1675 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1676 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1677 found = look;
1678 }
1679 }
1680 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1681 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1682 {
1683 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1684 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1685 {
1686 look_flags = look->flags;
1687 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1688 {
1689 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1690 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1691 look->bfd_section,
1692 sec->owner, sec))
1693 continue;
1694 }
1695 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1696 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1697 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1698 found = look;
1699 }
1700 }
1701 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1702 {
1703 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1704 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1705 {
1706 look_flags = look->flags;
1707 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1710 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1711 look->bfd_section,
1712 sec->owner, sec))
1713 continue;
1714 }
1715 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1716 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1717 found = look;
1718 }
1719 }
1720 else
1721 {
1722 /* non-alloc go last. */
1723 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1724 {
1725 look_flags = look->flags;
1726 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1727 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1728 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1729 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1730 found = look;
1731 }
1732 return found;
1733 }
1734
1735 if (found || !match_type)
1736 return found;
1737
1738 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1739 }
1740
1741 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1742 Used by place_orphan. */
1743
1744 static asection *
1745 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1746 {
1747 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1748
1749 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1750 {
1751 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1752 continue;
1753
1754 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1755 return lookup->bfd_section;
1756 }
1757
1758 return NULL;
1759 }
1760
1761 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1762 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1763 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1764 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1765 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1766 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1767 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1768 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1769 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1770 image symbols. */
1771
1772 static lang_statement_union_type **
1773 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1774 {
1775 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1776 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1777 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1778
1779 ignore_first = after == &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
1780
1781 for (where = &after->header.next;
1782 *where != NULL;
1783 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1784 {
1785 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1786 {
1787 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1788 if (assign == NULL)
1789 {
1790 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1791
1792 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1793 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1794 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1795 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1796 {
1797 if (!ignore_first)
1798 assign = where;
1799 ignore_first = FALSE;
1800 }
1801 }
1802 continue;
1803 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1804 case lang_input_section_enum:
1805 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1806 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1807 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1808 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1809 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1811 assign = NULL;
1812 ignore_first = FALSE;
1813 continue;
1814 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1815 if (assign != NULL)
1816 {
1817 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1818
1819 if (s == NULL
1820 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1821 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1822 where = assign;
1823 }
1824 break;
1825 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1826 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1827 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1828 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1829 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1830 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1831 continue;
1832 }
1833 break;
1834 }
1835
1836 return where;
1837 }
1838
1839 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1840 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1841 const char *secname,
1842 int constraint,
1843 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1844 struct orphan_save *place,
1845 etree_type *address,
1846 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1847 {
1848 lang_statement_list_type add;
1849 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1850 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1851
1852 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1853 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1854 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1855 if (after != NULL)
1856 {
1857 lang_list_init (&add);
1858 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1859 }
1860
1861 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1862 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1863 address = exp_intop (0);
1864
1865 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1866 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1867 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1868
1869 if (add_child == NULL)
1870 add_child = &os->children;
1871 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1872
1873 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1874 {
1875 const char *region = (after->region
1876 ? after->region->name_list.name
1877 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1878 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1879 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1880 : NULL);
1881 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1882 lma_region);
1883 }
1884 else
1885 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1886 NULL);
1887
1888 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1889 if (after != NULL)
1890 pop_stat_ptr ();
1891
1892 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1893 {
1894 asection *snew, *as;
1895 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1896 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1897
1898 snew = os->bfd_section;
1899
1900 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1901 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1902 if (place->section == NULL
1903 && after != &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement)
1904 {
1905 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1906
1907 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1908 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1909 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1910 output section. */
1911 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1912 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1913
1914 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1915 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1916 }
1917
1918 if (place->section == NULL)
1919 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1920
1921 as = *place->section;
1922
1923 if (!as)
1924 {
1925 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1926
1927 /* Unlink the section. */
1928 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1929
1930 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1931 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1932 }
1933 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1934 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1935 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1936 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1937 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1938 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1939 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1940 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1941 {
1942 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1943 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1944 section after a note section, */
1945 asection *sec;
1946 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1947 should be placed. */
1948 asection *after_sec;
1949 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1950 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1951 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1952
1953 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1954
1955 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1956 ascending order. */
1957 after_sec = NULL;
1958 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1959 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1960 {
1961 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1962 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1963 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1964
1965 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1966 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1967 (sec != NULL
1968 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1969 sec = sec->next)
1970 if (sec != snew
1971 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1972 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1973 {
1974 if (!first_orphan_note)
1975 first_orphan_note = sec;
1976 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1977 after_sec = sec;
1978 }
1979 else if (first_orphan_note)
1980 {
1981 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
1982 orphan note section. */
1983 break;
1984 }
1985
1986 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
1987 be placed at the default location. */
1988 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
1989 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1990 {
1991 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1992 alignments, place the section before all
1993 output orphan note sections. */
1994 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
1995 insert_after = FALSE;
1996 }
1997 }
1998 else if (first_orphan_note)
1999 {
2000 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2001 note sections. */
2002 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2003 after_sec = as;
2004 for (sec = as->next;
2005 (sec != NULL
2006 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2007 sec = sec->next)
2008 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2009 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2010 after_sec = sec;
2011 }
2012
2013 if (after_sec_note)
2014 {
2015 if (after_sec)
2016 {
2017 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2018 statement. */
2019 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2020 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2021 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2022 {
2023 next = stmt->next;
2024 if (insert_after)
2025 {
2026 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2027 {
2028 place_after = TRUE;
2029 found = TRUE;
2030 after = stmt;
2031 break;
2032 }
2033 }
2034 else
2035 {
2036 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2037 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2038 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2039 {
2040 place_after = TRUE;
2041 found = TRUE;
2042 after = stmt;
2043 break;
2044 }
2045 }
2046 }
2047
2048 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2049 statement. */
2050 if (!found)
2051 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2052 {
2053 if (insert_after)
2054 {
2055 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2056 {
2057 place_after = TRUE;
2058 after = stmt;
2059 break;
2060 }
2061 }
2062 else
2063 {
2064 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2065 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2066 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2067 {
2068 place_after = TRUE;
2069 after = stmt;
2070 break;
2071 }
2072 }
2073 }
2074 }
2075
2076 if (after_sec == NULL
2077 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2078 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2079 {
2080 /* Unlink the section. */
2081 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2082
2083 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2084 prepend SNEW. */
2085 if (after_sec)
2086 {
2087 if (insert_after)
2088 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2089 after_sec, snew);
2090 else
2091 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2092 after_sec, snew);
2093 }
2094 else
2095 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2096 }
2097 }
2098 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2099 {
2100 /* Unlink the section. */
2101 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2102
2103 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2104 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2105 as, snew);
2106 }
2107 }
2108 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2109 {
2110 /* Unlink the section. */
2111 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2112
2113 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2114 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2115 }
2116
2117 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2118 follow the one we've just added. */
2119 place->section = &snew->next;
2120
2121 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2122 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2123 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2124 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2125 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2126 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2127 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2128 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2129 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2130 if (add.head != NULL)
2131 {
2132 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2133
2134 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2135 if (place_after)
2136 {
2137 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2138
2139 *add.tail = *where;
2140 *where = add.head;
2141
2142 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2143 }
2144 else
2145 {
2146 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2147 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2148 *place->stmt = add.head;
2149 }
2150
2151 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2152 new list at the tail. */
2153 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2154 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2155
2156 /* Save the end of this list. */
2157 place->stmt = add.tail;
2158
2159 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2160 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2161 *os_tail = NULL;
2162 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2163 ((char *) place->os_tail
2164 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2165 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2166 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2167 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2168 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2169 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2170
2171 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2172 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2173 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2174 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2175 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2176 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2177 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2178 }
2179 }
2180 return os;
2181 }
2182
2183 static void
2184 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2185 {
2186 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2187
2188 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2189 return;
2190
2191 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2192
2193 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2194 {
2195 size_t len;
2196
2197 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2198 len = strlen (m->soname);
2199
2200 if (len >= 29)
2201 {
2202 print_nl ();
2203 len = 0;
2204 }
2205 while (len < 30)
2206 {
2207 print_space ();
2208 ++len;
2209 }
2210
2211 if (m->ref != NULL)
2212 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2213 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2214 }
2215 }
2216
2217 static void
2218 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2219 {
2220 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2221 minfo ("a");
2222
2223 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2224 minfo ("x");
2225
2226 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2227 minfo ("r");
2228
2229 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2230 minfo ("w");
2231
2232 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2233 minfo ("l");
2234 }
2235
2236 void
2237 lang_map (void)
2238 {
2239 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2240 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2241
2242 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2243 {
2244 asection *s;
2245
2246 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2247 || file->flags.just_syms)
2248 continue;
2249
2250 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2251 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2252 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2253 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2254 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2255 {
2256 if (! dis_header_printed)
2257 {
2258 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2259 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2260 }
2261
2262 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2263 }
2264 }
2265
2266 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2267 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2268 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2269
2270 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2271 {
2272 char buf[100];
2273 int len;
2274
2275 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2276
2277 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2278 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2279 len = strlen (buf);
2280 while (len < 16)
2281 {
2282 print_space ();
2283 ++len;
2284 }
2285
2286 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2287 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2288 {
2289 #ifndef BFD64
2290 minfo (" ");
2291 #endif
2292 if (m->flags)
2293 {
2294 print_space ();
2295 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2296 }
2297
2298 if (m->not_flags)
2299 {
2300 minfo (" !");
2301 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2302 }
2303 }
2304
2305 print_nl ();
2306 }
2307
2308 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2309
2310 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2311 {
2312 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2313 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2314 }
2315 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2316 lang_statement_iteration++;
2317 print_statements ();
2318
2319 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2320 config.map_file);
2321 }
2322
2323 static bfd_boolean
2324 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2325 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2326 {
2327 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2328 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2329 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2330 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2331 {
2332 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2333 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2334
2335 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2336 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2337 if (!ud)
2338 {
2339 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2340 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2341 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2342 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2343 }
2344 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2345 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2346
2347 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2348 def->entry = hash_entry;
2349 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2350 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2351 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2352 }
2353 return TRUE;
2354 }
2355
2356 /* Initialize an output section. */
2357
2358 static void
2359 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2360 {
2361 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2362 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2363
2364 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2365 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2366 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2367 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2368 s->name, flags);
2369 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2370 {
2371 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2372 " called %s: %E\n"),
2373 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2374 }
2375 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2376 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2377
2378 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2379 statement to avoid lookup. */
2380 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2381
2382 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2383 mention are initialized. */
2384 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2385 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2386
2387 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2388 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2389
2390 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2391 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2392 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2393 "section alignment");
2394 }
2395
2396 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2397 initialized. */
2398
2399 static void
2400 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2401 {
2402 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2403 {
2404 case etree_assign:
2405 case etree_provide:
2406 case etree_provided:
2407 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2408 break;
2409
2410 case etree_binary:
2411 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2412 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2413 break;
2414
2415 case etree_trinary:
2416 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2417 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2418 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2419 break;
2420
2421 case etree_assert:
2422 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2423 break;
2424
2425 case etree_unary:
2426 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2427 break;
2428
2429 case etree_name:
2430 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2431 {
2432 case ADDR:
2433 case LOADADDR:
2434 case SIZEOF:
2435 {
2436 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2437
2438 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2439 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2440 init_os (os, 0);
2441 }
2442 }
2443 break;
2444
2445 default:
2446 break;
2447 }
2448 }
2449 \f
2450 static void
2451 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2452 {
2453 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2454
2455 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2456 discard all sections. */
2457 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2458 {
2459 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2460 return;
2461 }
2462
2463 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2464 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2465 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2466 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2467 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2468
2469 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2470 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2471 }
2472 \f
2473
2474 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2475 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2476
2477 static bfd_boolean
2478 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2479 {
2480 bfd_boolean discard;
2481 flagword flags = section->flags;
2482
2483 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2484 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2485
2486 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2487 sections from within the group. */
2488 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2489 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2490 discard = TRUE;
2491
2492 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2493 information. */
2494 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2495 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2496 discard = TRUE;
2497
2498 return discard;
2499 }
2500
2501 /* The wild routines.
2502
2503 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2504 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2505 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2506
2507 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2508 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2509
2510 void
2511 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2512 asection *section,
2513 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2514 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2515 {
2516 flagword flags = section->flags;
2517
2518 bfd_boolean discard;
2519 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2520 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2521
2522 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2523 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2524
2525 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2526 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2527 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2528 discard = TRUE;
2529
2530 if (discard)
2531 {
2532 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2533 {
2534 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2535 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2536 }
2537 return;
2538 }
2539
2540 if (sflag_info)
2541 {
2542 bfd_boolean keep;
2543
2544 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2545 if (!keep)
2546 return;
2547 }
2548
2549 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2550 return;
2551
2552 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2553 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2554 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2555 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2556 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2557 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2558 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2559
2560 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2561 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2562 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2563 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2564 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2565 {
2566 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2567 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2568 else
2569 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2570 }
2571 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2572 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2573
2574 switch (output->sectype)
2575 {
2576 case normal_section:
2577 case overlay_section:
2578 case first_overlay_section:
2579 break;
2580 case noalloc_section:
2581 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2582 break;
2583 case noload_section:
2584 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2585 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2586 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2587 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2588 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2589 section. */
2590 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2591 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2592 else
2593 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2594 break;
2595 }
2596
2597 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2598 init_os (output, flags);
2599
2600 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2601 it from the output section. */
2602 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2603
2604 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2605 {
2606 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2607 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2608
2609 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2610 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2611 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2612 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2613 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2614 {
2615 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2616 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2617 }
2618 }
2619 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2620
2621 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2622 {
2623 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2624 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2625 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2626 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2627 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2628 link_info.output_bfd,
2629 output->bfd_section,
2630 &link_info);
2631 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2632 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2633 }
2634
2635 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2636 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2637 {
2638 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2639 output->block_value = 128;
2640 }
2641
2642 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2643 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2644
2645 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2646
2647 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2648 {
2649 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2650 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2651 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2652 section->map_tail.s = s;
2653 if (s != NULL)
2654 s->map_head.s = section;
2655 else
2656 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2657 }
2658
2659 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2660 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2661 new_section->section = section;
2662 }
2663
2664 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2665 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2666 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2667 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2668
2669 static lang_statement_union_type *
2670 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2671 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2672 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2673 asection *section)
2674 {
2675 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2676
2677 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2678 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2679 return NULL;
2680
2681 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2682 {
2683 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2684
2685 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2686 continue;
2687 ls = &l->input_section;
2688
2689 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2690 name. */
2691
2692 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2693 {
2694 const char *fn, *ln;
2695 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2696 int i;
2697
2698 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2699 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2700 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2701 archive. */
2702
2703 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2704 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2705 {
2706 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2707 fa = TRUE;
2708 }
2709 else
2710 {
2711 fn = file->filename;
2712 fa = FALSE;
2713 }
2714
2715 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2716 {
2717 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2718 la = TRUE;
2719 }
2720 else
2721 {
2722 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2723 la = FALSE;
2724 }
2725
2726 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2727 if (i > 0)
2728 continue;
2729 else if (i < 0)
2730 break;
2731
2732 if (fa || la)
2733 {
2734 if (fa)
2735 fn = file->filename;
2736 if (la)
2737 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2738
2739 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2740 if (i > 0)
2741 continue;
2742 else if (i < 0)
2743 break;
2744 }
2745 }
2746
2747 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2748 looking at the sections for this file. */
2749
2750 if (sec != NULL
2751 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2752 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2753 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2754 break;
2755 }
2756
2757 return l;
2758 }
2759
2760 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2761 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2762
2763 static void
2764 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2765 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2766 asection *section,
2767 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2768 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2769 void *output)
2770 {
2771 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2772 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2773
2774 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2775
2776 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2777 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2778 return;
2779
2780 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2781
2782 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2783 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2784 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2785 of the current list. */
2786
2787 if (before == NULL)
2788 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2789 else
2790 {
2791 lang_statement_list_type list;
2792 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2793
2794 lang_list_init (&list);
2795 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2796
2797 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2798 be NULL. */
2799 if (list.head != NULL)
2800 {
2801 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2802
2803 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2804 *pp != before;
2805 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2806 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2807
2808 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2809 *pp = list.head;
2810 }
2811 }
2812 }
2813
2814 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2815 are readonly. */
2816
2817 static void
2818 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2819 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2820 asection *section,
2821 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2822 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2823 void *output)
2824 {
2825 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2826
2827 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2828
2829 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2830 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2831 return;
2832
2833 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2834 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2835 }
2836
2837 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2838 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2839 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2840
2841 static lang_input_statement_type *
2842 lookup_name (const char *name)
2843 {
2844 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2845
2846 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2847 search != NULL;
2848 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2849 {
2850 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2851 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2852 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2853 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2854
2855 if (filename != NULL
2856 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2857 break;
2858 }
2859
2860 if (search == NULL)
2861 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2862 default_target, FALSE);
2863
2864 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2865 don't add this file. */
2866 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2867 return search;
2868
2869 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2870 return NULL;
2871
2872 return search;
2873 }
2874
2875 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2876
2877 struct excluded_lib
2878 {
2879 char *name;
2880 struct excluded_lib *next;
2881 };
2882 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2883
2884 void
2885 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2886 {
2887 const char *p = list, *end;
2888
2889 while (*p != '\0')
2890 {
2891 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2892 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2893 if (end == NULL)
2894 end = p + strlen (p);
2895 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2896 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2897 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2898 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2899 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2900 excluded_libs = entry;
2901 if (*end == '\0')
2902 break;
2903 p = end + 1;
2904 }
2905 }
2906
2907 static void
2908 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2909 {
2910 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2911
2912 while (lib)
2913 {
2914 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2915 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2916
2917 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2918 {
2919 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2920 return;
2921 }
2922
2923 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2924 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2925 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2926 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2927 {
2928 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2929 return;
2930 }
2931
2932 lib = lib->next;
2933 }
2934 }
2935
2936 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2937
2938 bfd_boolean
2939 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2940 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2941 {
2942 char **matching;
2943
2944 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2945 return TRUE;
2946
2947 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2948
2949 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2950 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2951 return TRUE;
2952
2953 if (trace_files || verbose)
2954 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2955
2956 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2957 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2958 {
2959 bfd_error_type err;
2960 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2961 extern FILE *yyin;
2962
2963 err = bfd_get_error ();
2964
2965 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2966 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2967 return TRUE;
2968
2969 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2970 {
2971 char **p;
2972
2973 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2974 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2975 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2976 einfo (" %s", *p);
2977 einfo ("%F\n");
2978 }
2979 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2980 || place == NULL)
2981 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2982
2983 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2984 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2985
2986 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2987 save_flags = input_flags;
2988 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2989
2990 push_stat_ptr (place);
2991 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2992 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2993 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2994 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2995 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2996 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2997
2998 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2999 parser_input = input_script;
3000 yyparse ();
3001 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3002
3003 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3004 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3005 again. */
3006 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3007 input_flags = save_flags;
3008 pop_stat_ptr ();
3009 fclose (yyin);
3010 yyin = NULL;
3011 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3012
3013 return TRUE;
3014 }
3015
3016 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3017 return TRUE;
3018
3019 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3020 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3021 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3022 which is used. */
3023 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3024 {
3025 default:
3026 break;
3027
3028 case bfd_object:
3029 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3030 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3031 break;
3032
3033 case bfd_archive:
3034 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3035
3036 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
3037 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3038 {
3039 bfd *member = NULL;
3040 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3041
3042 for (;;)
3043 {
3044 bfd *subsbfd;
3045 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3046
3047 if (member == NULL)
3048 break;
3049
3050 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3051 {
3052 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3053 entry->the_bfd, member);
3054 loaded = FALSE;
3055 }
3056
3057 subsbfd = member;
3058 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3059 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3060 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3061 abort ();
3062
3063 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3064 substitute BFD for us. */
3065 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3066 {
3067 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3068 loaded = FALSE;
3069 }
3070 }
3071
3072 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3073 return loaded;
3074 }
3075 break;
3076 }
3077
3078 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3079 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3080 else
3081 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3082
3083 return entry->flags.loaded;
3084 }
3085
3086 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3087 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3088 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3089 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3090 the output section. */
3091
3092 static void
3093 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3094 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3095 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3096 {
3097 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3098
3099 if (s->handler_data[0]
3100 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3101 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3102 {
3103 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3104
3105 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3106
3107 tree = s->tree;
3108 if (tree)
3109 {
3110 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3111 s->tree = NULL;
3112 }
3113 }
3114 else
3115 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3116
3117 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3118 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3119 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3120 {
3121 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3122 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3123 default_common_section = output;
3124 break;
3125 }
3126 }
3127
3128 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3129
3130 static int
3131 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3132 {
3133 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3134
3135 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3136 }
3137
3138 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3139
3140 static void
3141 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
3142 {
3143 char c;
3144
3145 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3146 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3147
3148 *dest = 0;
3149 }
3150
3151 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3152 from haystack. */
3153
3154 static void
3155 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
3156 {
3157 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3158
3159 if (haystack)
3160 {
3161 char *src;
3162
3163 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3164 *haystack++ = *src++;
3165
3166 *haystack = 0;
3167 }
3168 }
3169
3170 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3171 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3172
3173 static int
3174 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
3175 {
3176 char *copy1;
3177 char *copy2;
3178 int result;
3179
3180 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3181 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3182
3183 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3184 stricpy (copy1, first);
3185 stricpy (copy2, second);
3186
3187 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3188 strcut (copy1, "big");
3189 strcut (copy1, "little");
3190 strcut (copy2, "big");
3191 strcut (copy2, "little");
3192
3193 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3194 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3195 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3196 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3197 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3198 {
3199 result *= 10;
3200 break;
3201 }
3202
3203 free (copy1);
3204 free (copy2);
3205
3206 return result;
3207 }
3208
3209 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3210 static const bfd_target *winner;
3211
3212 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3213 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3214 match to the original output target. */
3215
3216 static int
3217 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3218 {
3219 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3220
3221 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3222 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3223 return 0;
3224
3225 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3226 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3227 return 0;
3228
3229 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3230 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3231 return 0;
3232
3233 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3234 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3235 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3236 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3237 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3238 return 0;
3239
3240 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3241 if (winner == NULL)
3242 {
3243 winner = target;
3244 return 0;
3245 }
3246
3247 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3248 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3249 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3250 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3251 winner = target;
3252
3253 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3254 return 0;
3255 }
3256
3257 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3258
3259 static char *
3260 get_first_input_target (void)
3261 {
3262 char *target = NULL;
3263
3264 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3265 {
3266 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3267 && s->flags.real)
3268 {
3269 ldfile_open_file (s);
3270
3271 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3272 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3273 {
3274 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3275
3276 if (target != NULL)
3277 break;
3278 }
3279 }
3280 }
3281
3282 return target;
3283 }
3284
3285 const char *
3286 lang_get_output_target (void)
3287 {
3288 const char *target;
3289
3290 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3291 if (output_target != NULL)
3292 return output_target;
3293
3294 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3295 the default? */
3296 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3297 return current_target;
3298
3299 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3300 target = get_first_input_target ();
3301 if (target != NULL)
3302 return target;
3303
3304 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3305 return default_target;
3306 }
3307
3308 /* Open the output file. */
3309
3310 static void
3311 open_output (const char *name)
3312 {
3313 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3314
3315 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3316 line? */
3317 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3318 {
3319 /* Get the chosen target. */
3320 const bfd_target *target
3321 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3322
3323 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3324 if (target != NULL)
3325 {
3326 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3327
3328 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3329 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3330 else
3331 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3332
3333 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3334 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3335 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3336 this. */
3337 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3338 {
3339 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3340 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3341 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3342 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3343 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3344 else
3345 {
3346 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3347 the default target, but which has the desired
3348 endian characteristic. */
3349 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3350 (void *) target);
3351
3352 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3353 satisfy our requirements. */
3354 if (winner == NULL)
3355 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3356 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3357 else
3358 output_target = winner->name;
3359 }
3360 }
3361 }
3362 }
3363
3364 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3365
3366 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3367 {
3368 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3369 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3370
3371 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3372 }
3373
3374 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3375
3376 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3377 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3378 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3379 ldfile_output_architecture,
3380 ldfile_output_machine))
3381 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3382
3383 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3384 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3385 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3386
3387 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3388 }
3389
3390 static void
3391 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3392 {
3393 switch (statement->header.type)
3394 {
3395 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3396 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3397 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3398 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3399 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3400 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3401 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3402 else
3403 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3404 if (config.text_read_only)
3405 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3406 else
3407 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3408 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3409 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3410 else
3411 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3412 break;
3413
3414 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3415 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3416 break;
3417 default:
3418 break;
3419 }
3420 }
3421
3422 static void
3423 init_opb (void)
3424 {
3425 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3426 ldfile_output_machine);
3427 opb_shift = 0;
3428 if (x > 1)
3429 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3430 {
3431 x >>= 1;
3432 ++opb_shift;
3433 }
3434 ASSERT (x == 1);
3435 }
3436
3437 /* Open all the input files. */
3438
3439 enum open_bfd_mode
3440 {
3441 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3442 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3443 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3444 };
3445 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3446 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3447 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3448 #endif
3449
3450 static void
3451 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3452 {
3453 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3454 {
3455 switch (s->header.type)
3456 {
3457 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3458 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3459 break;
3460 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3461 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3462 break;
3463 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3464 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3465 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3466 && s->wild_statement.filename
3467 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3468 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3469 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3470 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3471 break;
3472 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3473 {
3474 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3475 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3476 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3477 #endif
3478
3479 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3480 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3481 symbols. */
3482
3483 do
3484 {
3485 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3486 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3487 #endif
3488 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3489 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3490 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3491 }
3492 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3493 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3494 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3495 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3496 undefs. */
3497 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3498 #endif
3499 );
3500 }
3501 break;
3502 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3503 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3504 break;
3505 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3506 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3507 {
3508 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3509 lang_statement_list_type add;
3510 bfd *abfd;
3511
3512 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3513
3514 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3515 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3516 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3517 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3518 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3519 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3520 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3521 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3522 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3523 #endif
3524 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3525 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3526 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3527 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3528 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3529 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3530 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3531 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3532 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3533 {
3534 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3535 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3536 }
3537
3538 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3539 lang_list_init (&add);
3540
3541 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3542 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3543
3544 if (add.head != NULL)
3545 {
3546 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3547 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3548 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3549 section statement list. Very likely the user
3550 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3551 naive user expectations. */
3552 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3553 {
3554 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3555 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3556 s->input_statement.filename);
3557 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3558 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3559 }
3560 else
3561 {
3562 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3563 s->header.next = add.head;
3564 }
3565 }
3566 }
3567 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3568 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3569 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3570 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3571 plugin_insert = NULL;
3572 #endif
3573 break;
3574 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3575 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3576 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3577 break;
3578 default:
3579 break;
3580 }
3581 }
3582
3583 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3584 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3585 einfo ("%F");
3586 }
3587
3588 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3589 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3590 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3591 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3592 name to the symbol table. */
3593
3594 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3595
3596 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3597
3598 void
3599 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3600 {
3601 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3602
3603 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3604 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3605 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3606 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3607
3608 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3609
3610 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3611 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3612 }
3613
3614 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3615
3616 static void
3617 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3618 {
3619 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3620
3621 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3622 if (h == NULL)
3623 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3624 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3625 {
3626 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3627 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3628 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3629 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3630 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3631 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3632 }
3633 }
3634
3635 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3636 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3637 script file. */
3638
3639 static void
3640 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3641 {
3642 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3643
3644 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3645 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3646 }
3647
3648 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3649 be defined. */
3650
3651 struct require_defined_symbol
3652 {
3653 const char *name;
3654 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3655 };
3656
3657 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3658
3659 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3660
3661 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3662 defined. */
3663
3664 void
3665 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3666 {
3667 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3668
3669 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3670 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3671 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3672 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3673 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3674 }
3675
3676 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3677 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3678
3679 static void
3680 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3681 {
3682 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3683
3684 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3685 {
3686 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3687
3688 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3689 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3690 if (h == NULL
3691 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3692 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3693 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3694 }
3695 }
3696
3697 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3698
3699 static void
3700 check_input_sections
3701 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3702 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3703 {
3704 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3705 {
3706 switch (s->header.type)
3707 {
3708 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3709 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3710 output_section_statement);
3711 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3712 return;
3713 break;
3714 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3715 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3716 output_section_statement);
3717 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3718 return;
3719 break;
3720 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3721 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3722 output_section_statement);
3723 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3724 return;
3725 break;
3726 default:
3727 break;
3728 }
3729 }
3730 }
3731
3732 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3733
3734 static void
3735 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3736 {
3737 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3738
3739 switch (sort_section)
3740 {
3741 default:
3742 FAIL ();
3743
3744 case none:
3745 break;
3746
3747 case by_name:
3748 case by_alignment:
3749 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3750 {
3751 switch (s->header.type)
3752 {
3753 default:
3754 break;
3755
3756 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3757 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3758 sec = sec->next)
3759 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3760 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
3761 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
3762 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3763 {
3764 case none:
3765 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3766 break;
3767 case by_name:
3768 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3769 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3770 break;
3771 case by_alignment:
3772 if (sort_section == by_name)
3773 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3774 break;
3775 default:
3776 break;
3777 }
3778 break;
3779
3780 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3781 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3782 break;
3783
3784 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3785 update_wild_statements
3786 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3787 break;
3788
3789 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3790 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3791 break;
3792 }
3793 }
3794 break;
3795 }
3796 }
3797
3798 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3799
3800 static void
3801 map_input_to_output_sections
3802 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3803 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3804 {
3805 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3806 {
3807 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3808 flagword flags;
3809
3810 switch (s->header.type)
3811 {
3812 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3813 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3814 break;
3815 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3816 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3817 target,
3818 os);
3819 break;
3820 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3821 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3822 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3823 {
3824 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3825 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3826 break;
3827 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3828 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3829 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3830 {
3831 tos->constraint = -1;
3832 break;
3833 }
3834 }
3835 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3836 target,
3837 tos);
3838 break;
3839 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3840 break;
3841 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3842 target = s->target_statement.target;
3843 break;
3844 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3845 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3846 target,
3847 os);
3848 break;
3849 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3850 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3851 are initialized. */
3852 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3853 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3854 these may be overridden by the script. */
3855 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3856 switch (os->sectype)
3857 {
3858 case normal_section:
3859 case overlay_section:
3860 case first_overlay_section:
3861 break;
3862 case noalloc_section:
3863 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3864 break;
3865 case noload_section:
3866 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3867 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3868 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3869 else
3870 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3871 break;
3872 }
3873 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3874 init_os (os, flags);
3875 else
3876 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3877 break;
3878 case lang_input_section_enum:
3879 break;
3880 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3881 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3882 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3883 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3884 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3885 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3886 init_os (os, 0);
3887 break;
3888 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3889 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3890 init_os (os, 0);
3891
3892 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3893 are initialized. */
3894 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3895 break;
3896 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3897 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3898 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3899 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3900 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3901 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3902 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3903 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3904 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3905 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3906 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3907 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3908 {
3909 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3910
3911 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3912 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3913 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3914 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3915 will affect following script sections, which is
3916 likely to surprise naive users. */
3917 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3918 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3919 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3920 init_os (tos, 0);
3921 }
3922 break;
3923 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3924 break;
3925 }
3926 }
3927 }
3928
3929 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3930 start of the list and places them after the output section
3931 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3932 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3933 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
3934 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
3935 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
3936 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
3937 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
3938 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
3939 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
3940 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
3941 can end up looking odd. */
3942
3943 static void
3944 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
3945 {
3946 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3947 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3948 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3949 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3950
3951 s = start;
3952 while (*s != NULL)
3953 {
3954 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3955 {
3956 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3957 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3958 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3959
3960 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3961 last_os = os;
3962
3963 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3964 won't match this output section statement. At this
3965 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3966 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3967 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3968 if (first_os == NULL)
3969 first_os = last_os;
3970 }
3971 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
3972 {
3973 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
3974 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
3975 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
3976 behaviour. For example:
3977 #! /bin/sh
3978 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
3979 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
3980 group statement for insert statements. */
3981 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
3982 }
3983 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3984 {
3985 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3986 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3987 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3988 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3989
3990 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3991 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3992 {
3993 do
3994 where = where->prev;
3995 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3996 }
3997 if (where == NULL)
3998 {
3999 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4000 return;
4001 }
4002
4003 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4004 if (last_os != NULL)
4005 {
4006 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4007 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4008
4009 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4010 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4011 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4012 {
4013 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4014 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4015 }
4016 else
4017 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4018 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4019 last_os->next = where->next;
4020 if (where->next == NULL)
4021 {
4022 next = &last_os->next;
4023 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4024 }
4025 else
4026 where->next->prev = last_os;
4027 first_os->prev = where;
4028 where->next = first_os;
4029
4030 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4031 first_sec = NULL;
4032 last_sec = NULL;
4033 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4034 {
4035 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4036 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4037 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4038 {
4039 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4040 if (first_sec == NULL)
4041 first_sec = last_sec;
4042 }
4043 if (os == last_os)
4044 break;
4045 }
4046 if (last_sec != NULL)
4047 {
4048 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4049 if (sec == NULL)
4050 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4051
4052 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4053 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4054 section or if the section is the same as our
4055 last section, then no move is needed. */
4056 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4057 {
4058 /* Trim them off. */
4059 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4060 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4061 else
4062 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4063 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4064 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4065 else
4066 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4067 /* Add back. */
4068 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4069 if (sec->next != NULL)
4070 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4071 else
4072 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4073 first_sec->prev = sec;
4074 sec->next = first_sec;
4075 }
4076 }
4077
4078 first_os = NULL;
4079 last_os = NULL;
4080 }
4081
4082 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4083 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4084 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4085 first = *start;
4086 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4087 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4088 *s = *ptr;
4089 if (*s == NULL)
4090 statement_list.tail = s;
4091 *ptr = first;
4092 s = start;
4093 continue;
4094 }
4095 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4096 }
4097
4098 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4099 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4100 {
4101 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4102 if (os == last_os)
4103 break;
4104 }
4105 }
4106
4107 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4108 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4109 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4110
4111 void
4112 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4113 {
4114 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4115
4116 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4117 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4118 {
4119 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4120 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4121 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4122 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4123 }
4124
4125 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
4126 os != NULL;
4127 os = os->next)
4128 {
4129 asection *output_section;
4130 bfd_boolean exclude;
4131
4132 if (os->constraint < 0)
4133 continue;
4134
4135 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4136 if (output_section == NULL)
4137 continue;
4138
4139 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4140 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4141 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4142 output_section));
4143
4144 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4145 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4146 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4147 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4148 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4149 {
4150 asection *s;
4151
4152 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4153 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4154 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4155 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4156 {
4157 exclude = FALSE;
4158 break;
4159 }
4160 }
4161
4162 if (exclude)
4163 {
4164 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4165 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4166 if (!os->update_dot)
4167 os->ignored = TRUE;
4168 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4169 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4170 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4171 }
4172 }
4173 }
4174
4175 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4176 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4177
4178 void
4179 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4180 {
4181 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4182
4183 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4184 return;
4185
4186 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
4187 os != NULL;
4188 os = os->next)
4189 {
4190 asection *output_section;
4191
4192 if (os->constraint < 0)
4193 continue;
4194
4195 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4196 if (output_section == NULL)
4197 continue;
4198
4199 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4200 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4201 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4202 }
4203
4204 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4205 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4206 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4207 }
4208
4209 static void
4210 print_output_section_statement
4211 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4212 {
4213 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4214 int len;
4215
4216 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4217 {
4218 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4219
4220 if (section != NULL)
4221 {
4222 print_dot = section->vma;
4223
4224 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4225 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4226 {
4227 print_nl ();
4228 len = 0;
4229 }
4230 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4231 {
4232 print_space ();
4233 ++len;
4234 }
4235
4236 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4237
4238 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4239 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4240
4241 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4242 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4243 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4244 }
4245
4246 print_nl ();
4247 }
4248
4249 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4250 output_section_statement);
4251 }
4252
4253 static void
4254 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4255 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4256 {
4257 unsigned int i;
4258 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4259 etree_type *tree;
4260 asection *osec;
4261
4262 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4263 print_space ();
4264
4265 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4266 {
4267 is_dot = FALSE;
4268 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4269 }
4270 else
4271 {
4272 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4273
4274 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4275 tree = assignment->exp;
4276 }
4277
4278 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4279 if (osec == NULL)
4280 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4281
4282 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4283 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4284 else
4285 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4286
4287 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4288 {
4289 bfd_vma value;
4290
4291 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4292 || is_dot
4293 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4294 {
4295 value = expld.result.value;
4296
4297 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4298 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4299
4300 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4301 if (is_dot)
4302 print_dot = value;
4303 }
4304 else
4305 {
4306 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4307
4308 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4309 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4310 if (h != NULL
4311 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4312 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4313 {
4314 value = h->u.def.value;
4315 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4316 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4317
4318 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4319 }
4320 else
4321 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4322 }
4323 }
4324 else
4325 {
4326 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4327 minfo ("[!provide]");
4328 else
4329 minfo ("*undef* ");
4330 #ifdef BFD64
4331 minfo (" ");
4332 #endif
4333 }
4334 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4335
4336 minfo (" ");
4337 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4338 print_nl ();
4339 }
4340
4341 static void
4342 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4343 {
4344 if (statm->filename != NULL
4345 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4346 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4347 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4348 }
4349
4350 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4351 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4352
4353 static bfd_boolean
4354 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4355 {
4356 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4357
4358 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4359 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4360 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4361 {
4362 int i;
4363
4364 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4365 print_space ();
4366 minfo ("0x%V ",
4367 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4368 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4369 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4370
4371 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4372 }
4373
4374 return TRUE;
4375 }
4376
4377 static int
4378 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4379 {
4380 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4381 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4382
4383 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4384 return -1;
4385 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4386 return 1;
4387 else
4388 return 0;
4389 }
4390
4391 static void
4392 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4393 {
4394 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4395 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4396 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4397 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4398 unsigned int i;
4399
4400 if (!ud)
4401 return;
4402
4403 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4404
4405 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4406 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4407 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4408 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4409
4410 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4411 entries[i] = def->entry;
4412
4413 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4414 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4415
4416 /* Print the symbols. */
4417 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4418 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4419
4420 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4421 }
4422
4423 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4424
4425 static void
4426 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4427 {
4428 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4429 int len;
4430 bfd_vma addr;
4431
4432 init_opb ();
4433
4434 print_space ();
4435 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4436
4437 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4438 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4439 {
4440 print_nl ();
4441 len = 0;
4442 }
4443 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4444 {
4445 print_space ();
4446 ++len;
4447 }
4448
4449 if (i->output_section != NULL
4450 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4451 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4452 else
4453 {
4454 addr = print_dot;
4455 if (!is_discarded)
4456 size = 0;
4457 }
4458
4459 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4460
4461 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4462 {
4463 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4464 #ifdef BFD64
4465 len += 16;
4466 #else
4467 len += 8;
4468 #endif
4469 while (len > 0)
4470 {
4471 print_space ();
4472 --len;
4473 }
4474
4475 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4476 }
4477
4478 if (i->output_section != NULL
4479 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4480 {
4481 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4482 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4483 else
4484 print_all_symbols (i);
4485
4486 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4487 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4488 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4489 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4490 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4491 }
4492 }
4493
4494 static void
4495 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4496 {
4497 size_t size;
4498 unsigned char *p;
4499 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4500 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4501 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4502 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4503 }
4504
4505 static void
4506 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4507 {
4508 int i;
4509 bfd_vma addr;
4510 bfd_size_type size;
4511 const char *name;
4512
4513 init_opb ();
4514 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4515 print_space ();
4516
4517 addr = data->output_offset;
4518 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4519 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4520
4521 switch (data->type)
4522 {
4523 default:
4524 abort ();
4525 case BYTE:
4526 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4527 name = "BYTE";
4528 break;
4529 case SHORT:
4530 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4531 name = "SHORT";
4532 break;
4533 case LONG:
4534 size = LONG_SIZE;
4535 name = "LONG";
4536 break;
4537 case QUAD:
4538 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4539 name = "QUAD";
4540 break;
4541 case SQUAD:
4542 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4543 name = "SQUAD";
4544 break;
4545 }
4546
4547 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4548 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4549 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4550
4551 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4552 {
4553 print_space ();
4554 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4555 }
4556
4557 print_nl ();
4558
4559 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4560 }
4561
4562 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4563 -Ttext. */
4564
4565 static void
4566 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4567 {
4568 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4569 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4570 print_nl ();
4571 }
4572
4573 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4574
4575 static void
4576 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4577 {
4578 int i;
4579 bfd_vma addr;
4580 bfd_size_type size;
4581
4582 init_opb ();
4583 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4584 print_space ();
4585
4586 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4587 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4588 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4589
4590 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4591
4592 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4593
4594 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4595 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4596 else
4597 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4598
4599 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4600
4601 print_nl ();
4602
4603 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4604 }
4605
4606 static void
4607 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4608 {
4609 int len;
4610 bfd_vma addr;
4611
4612 init_opb ();
4613 minfo (" *fill*");
4614
4615 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4616 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4617 {
4618 print_space ();
4619 ++len;
4620 }
4621
4622 addr = s->output_offset;
4623 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4624 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4625 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4626
4627 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4628 {
4629 size_t size;
4630 unsigned char *p;
4631 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4632 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4633 }
4634
4635 print_nl ();
4636
4637 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4638 }
4639
4640 static void
4641 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4642 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4643 {
4644 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4645
4646 print_space ();
4647
4648 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4649 {
4650 name_list *tmp;
4651 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4652 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4653 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4654 minfo (") ");
4655 }
4656
4657 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4658 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4659 if (w->filename != NULL)
4660 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4661 else
4662 minfo ("*");
4663 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4664 minfo (")");
4665
4666 minfo ("(");
4667 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4668 {
4669 int closing_paren = 0;
4670
4671 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4672 {
4673 case none:
4674 break;
4675
4676 case by_name:
4677 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4678 closing_paren = 1;
4679 break;
4680
4681 case by_alignment:
4682 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4683 closing_paren = 1;
4684 break;
4685
4686 case by_name_alignment:
4687 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4688 closing_paren = 2;
4689 break;
4690
4691 case by_alignment_name:
4692 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4693 closing_paren = 2;
4694 break;
4695
4696 case by_none:
4697 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4698 closing_paren = 1;
4699 break;
4700
4701 case by_init_priority:
4702 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4703 closing_paren = 1;
4704 break;
4705 }
4706
4707 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4708 {
4709 name_list *tmp;
4710 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4711 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4712 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4713 minfo (") ");
4714 }
4715 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4716 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4717 else
4718 minfo ("*");
4719 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4720 minfo (")");
4721 if (sec->next)
4722 minfo (" ");
4723 }
4724 minfo (")");
4725
4726 print_nl ();
4727
4728 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4729 }
4730
4731 /* Print a group statement. */
4732
4733 static void
4734 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4735 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4736 {
4737 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4738 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4739 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4740 }
4741
4742 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4743 This can be called for any statement type. */
4744
4745 static void
4746 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4747 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4748 {
4749 while (s != NULL)
4750 {
4751 print_statement (s, os);
4752 s = s->header.next;
4753 }
4754 }
4755
4756 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4757 This can be called for any statement type. */
4758
4759 static void
4760 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4761 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4762 {
4763 switch (s->header.type)
4764 {
4765 default:
4766 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4767 FAIL ();
4768 break;
4769 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4770 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4771 {
4772 if (constructors_sorted)
4773 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4774 else
4775 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4776 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4777 }
4778 break;
4779 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4780 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4781 break;
4782 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4783 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4784 break;
4785 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4786 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4787 break;
4788 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4789 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4790 break;
4791 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4792 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4793 break;
4794 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4795 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4796 break;
4797 case lang_input_section_enum:
4798 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4799 break;
4800 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4801 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4802 break;
4803 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4804 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4805 break;
4806 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4807 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4808 break;
4809 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4810 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4811 break;
4812 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4813 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4814 if (output_target != NULL)
4815 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4816 minfo (")\n");
4817 break;
4818 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4819 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4820 break;
4821 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4822 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4823 break;
4824 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4825 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4826 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4827 s->insert_statement.where);
4828 break;
4829 }
4830 }
4831
4832 static void
4833 print_statements (void)
4834 {
4835 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4836 }
4837
4838 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4839 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4840 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4841 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4842
4843 void
4844 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4845 {
4846 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4847
4848 config.map_file = stderr;
4849
4850 if (n < 0)
4851 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4852 else
4853 {
4854 while (s && --n >= 0)
4855 {
4856 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4857 s = s->header.next;
4858 }
4859 }
4860
4861 config.map_file = map_save;
4862 }
4863
4864 static void
4865 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4866 fill_type *fill,
4867 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4868 asection *output_section,
4869 bfd_vma dot)
4870 {
4871 static fill_type zero_fill;
4872 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4873
4874 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4875 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4876 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4877 if (pad != NULL
4878 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4879 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4880 {
4881 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4882 }
4883 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4884 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4885 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4886 {
4887 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4888 }
4889 else
4890 {
4891 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4892 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4893 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4894 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4895 *ptr = pad;
4896 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4897 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4898 if (fill == NULL)
4899 fill = &zero_fill;
4900 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4901 }
4902 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4903 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4904 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4905 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4906 - output_section->vma);
4907 }
4908
4909 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4910
4911 static bfd_vma
4912 size_input_section
4913 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4914 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4915 fill_type *fill,
4916 bfd_vma dot)
4917 {
4918 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4919 asection *i = is->section;
4920 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4921
4922 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4923 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4924 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4925 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4926 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4927 else
4928 {
4929 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4930
4931 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4932 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4933 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4934 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4935
4936 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
4937 i->alignment_power
4938 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
4939 "subsection alignment");
4940
4941 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4942 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4943
4944 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4945
4946 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4947 {
4948 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4949 dot += alignment_needed;
4950 }
4951
4952 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4953 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4954
4955 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4956 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4957 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4958 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4959 }
4960
4961 return dot;
4962 }
4963
4964 struct check_sec
4965 {
4966 asection *sec;
4967 bfd_boolean warned;
4968 };
4969
4970 static int
4971 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4972 {
4973 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4974 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4975
4976 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4977 return -1;
4978 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4979 return 1;
4980 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4981 return -1;
4982 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4983 return 1;
4984
4985 return 0;
4986 }
4987
4988 static int
4989 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4990 {
4991 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4992 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4993
4994 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4995 return -1;
4996 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4997 return 1;
4998 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4999 return -1;
5000 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5001 return 1;
5002
5003 return 0;
5004 }
5005
5006 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5007 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5008
5009 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5010 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5011
5012 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5013 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5014 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5015 region has overflowed. */
5016
5017 static void
5018 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5019 {
5020 asection *s, *p;
5021 struct check_sec *sections;
5022 size_t i, count;
5023 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5024 bfd_vma s_start;
5025 bfd_vma s_end;
5026 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5027 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5028 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5029 bfd_boolean overlays;
5030
5031 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5032 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5033 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5034 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5035 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5036 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5037 {
5038 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5039 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5040 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5041 s->name);
5042 else
5043 {
5044 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5045 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5046 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5047 s->name);
5048 }
5049 }
5050
5051 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5052 return;
5053
5054 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5055 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5056
5057 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5058 count = 0;
5059 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5060 {
5061 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5062 || s->size == 0)
5063 continue;
5064
5065 sections[count].sec = s;
5066 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5067 count++;
5068 }
5069
5070 if (count <= 1)
5071 {
5072 free (sections);
5073 return;
5074 }
5075
5076 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5077
5078 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5079 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5080 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5081 {
5082 s = sections[i].sec;
5083 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5084 {
5085 s_start = s->lma;
5086 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5087
5088 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5089 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5090 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5091 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5092 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5093 if (p != NULL
5094 && (s_start <= p_end
5095 || p_end < p_start))
5096 {
5097 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5098 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5099 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5100 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5101 }
5102 p = s;
5103 p_start = s_start;
5104 p_end = s_end;
5105 }
5106 }
5107
5108 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5109 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5110 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5111 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5112 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5113 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5114 overlays = FALSE;
5115 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5116 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5117 {
5118 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5119 if (p_start == s_start)
5120 {
5121 overlays = TRUE;
5122 break;
5123 }
5124 p_start = s_start;
5125 }
5126
5127 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5128 if (!overlays)
5129 {
5130 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5131 {
5132 s = sections[i].sec;
5133 s_start = s->vma;
5134 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5135
5136 if (p != NULL
5137 && !sections[i].warned
5138 && (s_start <= p_end
5139 || p_end < p_start))
5140 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5141 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5142 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5143 p = s;
5144 p_start = s_start;
5145 p_end = s_end;
5146 }
5147 }
5148
5149 free (sections);
5150
5151 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5152 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5153 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5154 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5155
5156 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5157 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5158 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5159 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5160 if (m->had_full_message)
5161 {
5162 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5163 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5164 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5165 over),
5166 m->name_list.name, over);
5167 }
5168 }
5169
5170 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5171 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5172 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5173 calculation wraps around. */
5174
5175 static void
5176 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5177 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5178 etree_type *tree,
5179 bfd_vma rbase)
5180 {
5181 if ((region->current < region->origin
5182 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5183 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5184 || rbase == 0))
5185 {
5186 if (tree != NULL)
5187 {
5188 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5189 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5190 region->current,
5191 os->bfd_section->owner,
5192 os->bfd_section->name,
5193 region->name_list.name);
5194 }
5195 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5196 {
5197 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5198
5199 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5200 os->bfd_section->owner,
5201 os->bfd_section->name,
5202 region->name_list.name);
5203 }
5204 }
5205 }
5206
5207 static void
5208 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5209 seg_align_type *seg)
5210 {
5211 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5212 {
5213 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5214 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5215 else
5216 {
5217 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5218 }
5219 }
5220 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5221 {
5222 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5223 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5224 else
5225 {
5226 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5227 }
5228 }
5229 }
5230
5231 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5232
5233 static bfd_vma
5234 lang_size_sections_1
5235 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5236 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5237 fill_type *fill,
5238 bfd_vma dot,
5239 bfd_boolean *relax,
5240 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5241 {
5242 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5243
5244 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5245 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5246 {
5247 switch (s->header.type)
5248 {
5249 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5250 {
5251 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5252 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5253 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5254 int section_alignment = 0;
5255
5256 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5257 if (os->constraint == -1)
5258 break;
5259
5260 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5261 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5262 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5263 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5264 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5265 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5266 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5267 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5268 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5269 {
5270 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5271 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5272
5273 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5274 {
5275 dot = expld.result.value;
5276 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5277 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5278 }
5279 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5280 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5281 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5282 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5283 }
5284
5285 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5286 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5287 break;
5288
5289 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5290 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5291 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5292 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5293 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5294 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5295 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5296 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5297 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5298 {
5299 asection *input;
5300
5301 if (os->children.head == NULL
5302 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5303 || (os->children.head->header.type
5304 != lang_input_section_enum))
5305 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5306 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5307
5308 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5309 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5310 os->bfd_section,
5311 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5312 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5313 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5314 break;
5315 }
5316
5317 newdot = dot;
5318 dotdelta = 0;
5319 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5320 {
5321 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5322 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5323 }
5324 else
5325 {
5326 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5327 {
5328 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5329 from the region specification. */
5330 if (os->region == NULL
5331 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5332 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5333 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5334 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5335 {
5336 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5337 }
5338
5339 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5340 region, and some non default memory regions were
5341 defined, issue an error message. */
5342 if (!os->ignored
5343 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5344 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5345 && check_regions
5346 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5347 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5348 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5349 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5350 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5351 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5352 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5353 {
5354 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5355 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5356 default memory region we can end up creating an
5357 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5358 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5359 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5360 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5361 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5362 switch. */
5363 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5364 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5365 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5366 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5367 os->bfd_section));
5368 else
5369 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5370 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5371 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5372 os->bfd_section));
5373 }
5374
5375 newdot = os->region->current;
5376 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5377 }
5378 else
5379 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5380 "section alignment");
5381
5382 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5383 if (section_alignment > 0)
5384 {
5385 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5386 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5387
5388 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5389 if (dotdelta != 0
5390 && (config.warn_section_align
5391 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5392 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5393 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5394 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5395 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5396 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5397 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5398 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5399 }
5400
5401 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5402
5403 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5404 }
5405
5406 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5407 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5408
5409 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5410
5411 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5412 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5413 no output section should change from zero size
5414 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5415 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5416 input section was not sized early enough. */
5417 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5418 else
5419 {
5420 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5421
5422 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5423 align at the block boundary. */
5424 after = ((dot
5425 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5426 + os->block_value - 1)
5427 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5428
5429 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5430 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5431 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5432 }
5433
5434 /* Set section lma. */
5435 r = os->region;
5436 if (r == NULL)
5437 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5438
5439 if (os->load_base)
5440 {
5441 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5442 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5443 }
5444 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5445 {
5446 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5447
5448 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5449 lma += dotdelta;
5450 else
5451 {
5452 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5453 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5454 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5455 only align according to the value in the output
5456 statement. */
5457 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5458 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5459 "section alignment");
5460 if (section_alignment > 0)
5461 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5462 }
5463 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5464 }
5465 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5466 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5467 {
5468 bfd_vma lma;
5469 asection *last;
5470
5471 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5472
5473 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5474 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5475 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5476 create overlapping LMAs. */
5477 if (dot < last->vma
5478 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5479 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5480 {
5481 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5482 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5483 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5484 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5485 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5486
5487 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5488 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5489 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5490 }
5491 else
5492 {
5493 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5494 at the end of the previous section. */
5495 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5496 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5497
5498 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5499 as the previous section. */
5500 else
5501 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5502
5503 if (section_alignment > 0)
5504 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5505 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5506 }
5507 }
5508 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5509
5510 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5511 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5512 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5513 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5514 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5515 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5516 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5517 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5518 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5519 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5520 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5521 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5522 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5523 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5524 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5525 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5526 || (r->last_os == NULL
5527 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5528 || (r->last_os != NULL
5529 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5530 .bfd_section->vma))))
5531 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
5532 && os->lma_region == NULL
5533 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5534 r->last_os = s;
5535
5536 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5537 break;
5538
5539 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5540 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5541 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5542 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5543 else
5544 dotdelta = 0;
5545 dot += dotdelta;
5546
5547 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5548 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5549
5550 /* Update dot in the region ?
5551 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5552 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5553 overall size in memory. */
5554 if (os->region != NULL
5555 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5556 {
5557 os->region->current = dot;
5558
5559 if (check_regions)
5560 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5561 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5562 os->bfd_section->vma);
5563
5564 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5565 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5566 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5567 {
5568 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5569
5570 if (check_regions)
5571 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5572 os->bfd_section->lma);
5573 }
5574 }
5575 }
5576 break;
5577
5578 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5579 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5580 output_section_statement,
5581 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5582 break;
5583
5584 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5585 {
5586 unsigned int size = 0;
5587
5588 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5589 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5590 s->data_statement.output_section =
5591 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5592
5593 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5594 need to mark them as needed. */
5595 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5596
5597 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5598 {
5599 default:
5600 abort ();
5601 case QUAD:
5602 case SQUAD:
5603 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5604 break;
5605 case LONG:
5606 size = LONG_SIZE;
5607 break;
5608 case SHORT:
5609 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5610 break;
5611 case BYTE:
5612 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5613 break;
5614 }
5615 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5616 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5617 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5618 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5619 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5620 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5621 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5622
5623 }
5624 break;
5625
5626 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5627 {
5628 int size;
5629
5630 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5631 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5632 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5633 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5634 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5635 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5636 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5637 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5638 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5639 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5640 }
5641 break;
5642
5643 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5644 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5645 output_section_statement,
5646 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5647 break;
5648
5649 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5650 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
5651 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5652 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5653 break;
5654
5655 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5656 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5657 break;
5658
5659 case lang_input_section_enum:
5660 {
5661 asection *i;
5662
5663 i = s->input_section.section;
5664 if (relax)
5665 {
5666 bfd_boolean again;
5667
5668 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5669 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5670 if (again)
5671 *relax = TRUE;
5672 }
5673 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5674 fill, dot);
5675 }
5676 break;
5677
5678 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5679 break;
5680
5681 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5682 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5683 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5684
5685 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5686 break;
5687
5688 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5689 {
5690 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5691 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5692
5693 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5694
5695 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5696 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5697 &newdot);
5698
5699 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5700
5701 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5702
5703 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5704 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5705 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5706 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5707 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5708 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5709
5710 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5711 {
5712 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5713 {
5714 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5715 the default memory address. */
5716 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5717 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5718 }
5719 else if (newdot != dot)
5720 {
5721 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5722 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5723 assignment references dot. */
5724 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5725 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5726
5727 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5728 s = s->header.next;
5729
5730 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5731 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5732 user has explicitly stated that the section
5733 should not be allocated. */
5734 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5735 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5736 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5737 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5738 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5739 }
5740 dot = newdot;
5741 }
5742 }
5743 break;
5744
5745 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5746 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5747 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5748 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5749 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5750 will be added back in. */
5751 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5752
5753 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5754 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5755 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5756 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5757 a pad size of zero. */
5758 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5759 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5760 break;
5761
5762 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5763 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5764 output_section_statement,
5765 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5766 break;
5767
5768 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5769 break;
5770
5771 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5772 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5773 break;
5774
5775 default:
5776 FAIL ();
5777 break;
5778 }
5779 prev = &s->header.next;
5780 }
5781 return dot;
5782 }
5783
5784 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5785 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5786 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5787 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5788
5789 bfd_boolean
5790 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5791 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5792 asection *current_section,
5793 asection *previous_section,
5794 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5795 {
5796 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5797 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5798
5799 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5800 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5801 if (new_segment)
5802 return TRUE;
5803
5804 /* Paranoia checks. */
5805 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5806 return new_segment;
5807
5808 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5809 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5810 if (config.separate_code
5811 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5812 return TRUE;
5813
5814 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5815 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5816 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5817 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5818 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5819 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5820
5821 /* More paranoia. */
5822 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5823 return new_segment;
5824
5825 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5826 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5827 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5828 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5829 return cur->region != prev->region;
5830 }
5831
5832 void
5833 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5834 {
5835 lang_statement_iteration++;
5836 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5837 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5838 }
5839
5840 static bfd_boolean
5841 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5842 {
5843 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5844 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5845 bfd_vma first, last;
5846
5847 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5848 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5849 if (first && last
5850 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5851 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5852 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5853 {
5854 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5855 return TRUE;
5856 }
5857
5858 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5859 return FALSE;
5860 }
5861
5862 static bfd_vma
5863 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5864 {
5865 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5866 asection *sec;
5867
5868 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5869 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5870 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5871
5872 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5873 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5874
5875 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5876 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5877 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5878 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5879 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5880 {
5881 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5882 desired? */
5883 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5884
5885 end = start = sec->vma;
5886 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5887 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5888 bump = desired_end - end;
5889 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5890 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5891 start += bump;
5892 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5893 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5894 desired_end = start;
5895 }
5896
5897 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5898 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5899 seg->base = desired_end;
5900 return relro_end;
5901 }
5902
5903 static bfd_boolean
5904 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5905 {
5906 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5907 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5908 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5909
5910 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5911 {
5912 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5913 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5914 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5915 }
5916 else
5917 {
5918 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5919 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5920 }
5921
5922 if (do_data_relro)
5923 {
5924 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5925 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5926
5927 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5928 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5929 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5930 {
5931 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5932 do_reset = TRUE;
5933 }
5934 }
5935
5936 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5937 do_reset = TRUE;
5938
5939 return do_reset;
5940 }
5941
5942 void
5943 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5944 {
5945 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5946 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5947
5948 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5949
5950 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5951 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5952
5953 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5954 {
5955 bfd_boolean do_reset
5956 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5957
5958 if (do_reset)
5959 {
5960 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5961 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5962 }
5963
5964 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5965 {
5966 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5967 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5968 }
5969 }
5970 }
5971
5972 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5973 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5974 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5975
5976 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5977
5978 static bfd_vma
5979 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5980 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5981 fill_type *fill,
5982 bfd_vma dot,
5983 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5984 {
5985 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5986 {
5987 switch (s->header.type)
5988 {
5989 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5990 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5991 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5992 break;
5993
5994 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5995 {
5996 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5997 bfd_vma newdot;
5998
5999 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6000 os->after_end = *found_end;
6001 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
6002 {
6003 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6004 {
6005 current_section = os;
6006 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6007 }
6008 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6009 }
6010 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6011 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
6012 if (!os->ignored)
6013 {
6014 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6015 {
6016 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6017 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6018 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6019 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6020
6021 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6022 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6023 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6024 }
6025 else
6026 dot = newdot;
6027 }
6028 }
6029 break;
6030
6031 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6032
6033 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6034 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6035 break;
6036
6037 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6038 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6039 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6040 break;
6041
6042 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6043 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6044 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6045 {
6046 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6047 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6048 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6049 }
6050 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6051 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6052 {
6053 unsigned int size;
6054 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6055 {
6056 default:
6057 abort ();
6058 case QUAD:
6059 case SQUAD:
6060 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6061 break;
6062 case LONG:
6063 size = LONG_SIZE;
6064 break;
6065 case SHORT:
6066 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6067 break;
6068 case BYTE:
6069 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6070 break;
6071 }
6072 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6073 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6074 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6075 }
6076 break;
6077
6078 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6079 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6080 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6081 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6082 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6083 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6084 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6085 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6086 break;
6087
6088 case lang_input_section_enum:
6089 {
6090 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6091
6092 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6093 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6094 }
6095 break;
6096
6097 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6098 break;
6099
6100 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6101 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6102 break;
6103
6104 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6105 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6106 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6107 {
6108 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6109
6110 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6111 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6112
6113 while (*p == '_')
6114 ++p;
6115 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6116 *found_end = TRUE;
6117 }
6118 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6119 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6120 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6121 &dot);
6122 break;
6123
6124 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6125 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6126 break;
6127
6128 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6129 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6130 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6131 break;
6132
6133 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6134 break;
6135
6136 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6137 break;
6138
6139 default:
6140 FAIL ();
6141 break;
6142 }
6143 }
6144 return dot;
6145 }
6146
6147 void
6148 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6149 {
6150 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6151
6152 current_section = NULL;
6153 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6154 expld.phase = phase;
6155 lang_statement_iteration++;
6156 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6157 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6158 }
6159
6160 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6161 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6162 of "dot". */
6163
6164 asection *
6165 section_for_dot (void)
6166 {
6167 asection *s;
6168
6169 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6170 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6171 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6172 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6173 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6174 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6175 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6176 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6177 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6178 {
6179 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6180 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6181
6182 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6183 stmt != NULL;
6184 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6185 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6186 break;
6187
6188 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6189 while (os != NULL
6190 && !os->after_end
6191 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6192 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6193 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6194 os->bfd_section)))
6195 os = os->next;
6196
6197 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6198 {
6199 if (os != NULL)
6200 s = os->bfd_section;
6201 else
6202 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6203 while (s != NULL
6204 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6205 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6206 s = s->prev;
6207 if (s != NULL)
6208 return s;
6209
6210 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6211 }
6212 }
6213
6214 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6215
6216 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6217 while (s != NULL
6218 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6219 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6220 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6221 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6222 s = s->prev;
6223 if (s == NULL)
6224 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6225 while (s != NULL
6226 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6227 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6228 s = s->next;
6229 if (s != NULL)
6230 return s;
6231
6232 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6233 }
6234
6235 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6236
6237 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6238 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6239 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6240
6241 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6242 to start_stop_syms. */
6243
6244 static void
6245 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6246 {
6247 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6248
6249 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6250 if (h != NULL)
6251 {
6252 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6253 {
6254 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6255 start_stop_syms
6256 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6257 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6258 }
6259 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6260 }
6261 }
6262
6263 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6264 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6265 preliminary definitions. */
6266
6267 static void
6268 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6269 {
6270 bfd *abfd;
6271 asection *s;
6272 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6273
6274 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6275 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6276 {
6277 const char *ps;
6278 const char *secname = s->name;
6279
6280 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6281 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6282 break;
6283 if (*ps == '\0')
6284 {
6285 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6286
6287 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6288 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6289 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6290
6291 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6292 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6293 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6294
6295 free (symbol);
6296 }
6297 }
6298 }
6299
6300 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6301
6302 static void
6303 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6304 {
6305 size_t i;
6306
6307 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6308 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6309 }
6310
6311 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6312 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6313 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6314 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6315 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6316
6317 static void
6318 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6319 {
6320 if (h->ldscript_def)
6321 return;
6322
6323 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6324 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6325 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6326 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6327 {
6328 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6329 h->u.def.section->name);
6330 if (sec != NULL)
6331 {
6332 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6333 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6334 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6335 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6336 if there is still an output section with section name
6337 SECNAME. */
6338 asection *i;
6339 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6340 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6341 {
6342 h->u.def.section = i;
6343 return;
6344 }
6345 }
6346 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6347 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6348 }
6349 }
6350
6351 static void
6352 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6353 {
6354 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6355 }
6356
6357 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6358 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6359 preliminary definitions. */
6360
6361 static void
6362 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6363 {
6364 asection *s;
6365
6366 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6367 {
6368 const char *secname = s->name;
6369 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6370
6371 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6372 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6373
6374 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6375 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6376 free (symbol);
6377 }
6378 }
6379
6380 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6381
6382 static void
6383 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6384 {
6385 if (h->ldscript_def
6386 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6387 return;
6388
6389 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6390 {
6391 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6392 .startof. already has final value. */
6393 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6394 {
6395 /* .sizeof. */
6396 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6397 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6398 }
6399 }
6400 else
6401 {
6402 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6403 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6404
6405 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6406 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6407 {
6408 /* __stop_ */
6409 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6410 }
6411 }
6412 }
6413
6414 static void
6415 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6416 {
6417 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6418 }
6419
6420 static void
6421 lang_end (void)
6422 {
6423 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6424 bfd_boolean warn;
6425
6426 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6427 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6428 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6429 else
6430 warn = TRUE;
6431
6432 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6433 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6434 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6435 && link_info.gc_sections
6436 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported
6437 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6438 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6439 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6440
6441 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6442 {
6443 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6444 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6445 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6446 warn = FALSE;
6447 }
6448
6449 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6450 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6451 if (h != NULL
6452 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6453 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6454 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6455 {
6456 bfd_vma val;
6457
6458 val = (h->u.def.value
6459 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6460 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6461 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6462 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6463 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6464 }
6465 else
6466 {
6467 bfd_vma val;
6468 const char *send;
6469
6470 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6471 number. */
6472 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6473 if (*send == '\0')
6474 {
6475 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6476 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6477 }
6478 else
6479 {
6480 asection *ts;
6481
6482 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6483 the first address in the text section. */
6484 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6485 if (ts != NULL)
6486 {
6487 if (warn)
6488 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6489 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6490 entry_symbol.name,
6491 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6492 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6493 (link_info.output_bfd,
6494 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6495 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6496 }
6497 else
6498 {
6499 if (warn)
6500 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6501 " not setting start address\n"),
6502 entry_symbol.name);
6503 }
6504 }
6505 }
6506 }
6507
6508 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6509 BFD. */
6510
6511 static void
6512 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6513 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6514 {
6515 /* Don't do anything. */
6516 }
6517
6518 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6519 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6520 other checking that is needed. */
6521
6522 static void
6523 lang_check (void)
6524 {
6525 lang_statement_union_type *file;
6526 bfd *input_bfd;
6527 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6528
6529 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6530 {
6531 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6532 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6533 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6534 continue;
6535 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6536 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6537 compatible
6538 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6539 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6540
6541 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6542 link between differing object formats when the input
6543 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6544 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6545 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6546 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6547 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6548 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6549 && (compatible == NULL
6550 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6551 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6552 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6553 {
6554 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6555 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6556 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6557 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6558 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6559 }
6560
6561 if (compatible == NULL)
6562 {
6563 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6564 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6565 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6566 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6567 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6568 }
6569 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6570 {
6571 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6572 private data of the output bfd. */
6573
6574 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6575
6576 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6577 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6578 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6579 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6580 information which is needed in the output file. */
6581 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6582 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6583 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6584 {
6585 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6586 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6587 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6588 }
6589 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6590 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6591 }
6592 }
6593 }
6594
6595 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6596 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6597 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6598
6599 static void
6600 lang_common (void)
6601 {
6602 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6603 return;
6604 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6605 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6606 return;
6607
6608 if (!config.sort_common)
6609 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6610 else
6611 {
6612 unsigned int power;
6613
6614 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6615 {
6616 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6617 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6618
6619 power = 0;
6620 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6621 }
6622 else
6623 {
6624 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6625 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6626
6627 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6628 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6629 }
6630 }
6631 }
6632
6633 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6634
6635 static bfd_boolean
6636 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6637 {
6638 unsigned int power_of_two;
6639 bfd_vma size;
6640 asection *section;
6641
6642 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6643 return TRUE;
6644
6645 size = h->u.c.size;
6646 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6647
6648 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6649 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6650 return TRUE;
6651 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6652 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6653 return TRUE;
6654
6655 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6656 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6657 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6658 h->root.string);
6659
6660 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6661 {
6662 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6663 int len;
6664 char *name;
6665 char buf[50];
6666
6667 if (!header_printed)
6668 {
6669 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6670 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6671 header_printed = TRUE;
6672 }
6673
6674 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6675 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6676 if (name == NULL)
6677 {
6678 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6679 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6680 }
6681 else
6682 {
6683 minfo ("%s", name);
6684 len = strlen (name);
6685 free (name);
6686 }
6687
6688 if (len >= 19)
6689 {
6690 print_nl ();
6691 len = 0;
6692 }
6693 while (len < 20)
6694 {
6695 print_space ();
6696 ++len;
6697 }
6698
6699 minfo ("0x");
6700 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6701 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6702 else
6703 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6704 minfo ("%s", buf);
6705 len = strlen (buf);
6706
6707 while (len < 16)
6708 {
6709 print_space ();
6710 ++len;
6711 }
6712
6713 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6714 }
6715
6716 return TRUE;
6717 }
6718
6719 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6720 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6721 option are handled here. */
6722
6723 static void
6724 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6725 {
6726 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6727 {
6728 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6729 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6730 TRUE);
6731 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6732 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6733 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6734 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6735 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6736 }
6737 else
6738 {
6739 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6740 const char *name = s->name;
6741 int constraint = 0;
6742
6743 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6744 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6745 s, s->owner);
6746
6747 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6748 constraint = SPECIAL;
6749
6750 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6751 if (os == NULL)
6752 {
6753 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6754 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6755 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6756 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6757 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6758 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6759 }
6760
6761 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6762 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6763 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6764 s, s->owner, os->name);
6765 }
6766 }
6767
6768 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6769 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6770 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6771
6772 static void
6773 lang_place_orphans (void)
6774 {
6775 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6776 {
6777 asection *s;
6778
6779 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6780 {
6781 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6782 {
6783 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6784 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6785
6786 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6787 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6788 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6789 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6790 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6791 {
6792 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6793 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6794 with the wildcard. */
6795 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6796 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6797 {
6798 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6799 default_common_section
6800 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6801 TRUE);
6802 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6803 NULL, default_common_section);
6804 }
6805 }
6806 else
6807 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6808 }
6809 }
6810 }
6811 }
6812
6813 void
6814 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6815 {
6816 flagword *ptr_flags;
6817
6818 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6819
6820 while (*flags)
6821 {
6822 switch (*flags)
6823 {
6824 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6825 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6826 case '!':
6827 invert = !invert;
6828 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6829 break;
6830
6831 case 'A': case 'a':
6832 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6833 break;
6834
6835 case 'R': case 'r':
6836 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6837 break;
6838
6839 case 'W': case 'w':
6840 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6841 break;
6842
6843 case 'X': case 'x':
6844 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6845 break;
6846
6847 case 'L': case 'l':
6848 case 'I': case 'i':
6849 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6850 break;
6851
6852 default:
6853 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6854 *flags, *flags);
6855 break;
6856 }
6857 flags++;
6858 }
6859 }
6860
6861 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6862 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6863
6864 void
6865 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6866 {
6867 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6868
6869 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6870 f != NULL;
6871 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
6872 func (f);
6873 }
6874
6875 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6876 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6877 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6878
6879 void
6880 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6881 {
6882 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6883 {
6884 func (f);
6885 }
6886 }
6887
6888 void
6889 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6890 {
6891 lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6892 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6893 &entry->next);
6894
6895 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6896 a link. */
6897 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6898 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6899
6900 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6901 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6902 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6903 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6904
6905 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6906 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6907 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6908 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6909 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6910 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6911 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6912 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6913 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6914
6915 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6916 }
6917
6918 void
6919 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6920 {
6921 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6922 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6923 {
6924 output_filename = name;
6925 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6926 }
6927 }
6928
6929 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6930 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6931 etree_type *address_exp,
6932 enum section_type sectype,
6933 etree_type *align,
6934 etree_type *subalign,
6935 etree_type *ebase,
6936 int constraint,
6937 int align_with_input)
6938 {
6939 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6940
6941 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6942 constraint, TRUE);
6943 current_section = os;
6944
6945 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6946 {
6947 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6948 }
6949 os->sectype = sectype;
6950 if (sectype != noload_section)
6951 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6952 else
6953 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6954 os->block_value = 1;
6955
6956 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6957 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6958
6959 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6960 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6961 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6962 NULL);
6963
6964 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
6965 os->section_alignment = align;
6966
6967 os->load_base = ebase;
6968 return os;
6969 }
6970
6971 void
6972 lang_final (void)
6973 {
6974 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6975
6976 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6977 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6978 }
6979
6980 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6981
6982 void
6983 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6984 {
6985 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6986 asection *o;
6987 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6988
6989 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6990 {
6991 p->current = p->origin;
6992 p->last_os = NULL;
6993 }
6994
6995 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
6996 os != NULL;
6997 os = os->next)
6998 {
6999 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
7000 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
7001 }
7002
7003 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7004 {
7005 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7006 o->rawsize = o->size;
7007 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7008 o->size = 0;
7009 }
7010 }
7011
7012 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7013
7014 static void
7015 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7016 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7017 asection *section,
7018 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7019 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7020 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7021 {
7022 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7023 should be as well. */
7024 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7025 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7026 }
7027
7028 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7029
7030 static void
7031 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7032 {
7033 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7034 {
7035 switch (s->header.type)
7036 {
7037 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7038 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7039 break;
7040 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7041 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7042 break;
7043 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7044 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7045 break;
7046 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7047 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7048 break;
7049 default:
7050 break;
7051 }
7052 }
7053 }
7054
7055 static void
7056 lang_gc_sections (void)
7057 {
7058 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7059 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7060
7061 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7062 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7063 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7064 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7065 {
7066 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7067 {
7068 asection *sec;
7069 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7070 if (f->flags.claimed)
7071 continue;
7072 #endif
7073 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7074 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7075 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7076 }
7077 }
7078
7079 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7080 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7081 }
7082
7083 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7084
7085 static void
7086 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7087 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7088 asection *section,
7089 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7090 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7091 void *data)
7092 {
7093 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7094 size. */
7095 if (section->output_section != NULL
7096 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7097 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7098 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7099 && section->size != 0)
7100 {
7101 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7102 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7103 }
7104 }
7105
7106 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7107
7108 static void
7109 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7110 seg_align_type *seg,
7111 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7112 {
7113 if (*has_relro_section)
7114 return;
7115
7116 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7117 {
7118 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7119 break;
7120
7121 switch (s->header.type)
7122 {
7123 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7124 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7125 find_relro_section_callback,
7126 has_relro_section);
7127 break;
7128 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7129 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7130 seg, has_relro_section);
7131 break;
7132 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7133 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7134 seg, has_relro_section);
7135 break;
7136 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7137 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7138 seg, has_relro_section);
7139 break;
7140 default:
7141 break;
7142 }
7143 }
7144 }
7145
7146 static void
7147 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7148 {
7149 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7150
7151 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7152
7153 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7154 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7155
7156 if (!has_relro_section)
7157 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7158 }
7159
7160 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7161
7162 void
7163 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7164 {
7165 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7166 {
7167 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7168 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7169
7170 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7171 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7172
7173 while (i--)
7174 {
7175 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7176 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7177
7178 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7179 do
7180 {
7181 link_info.relax_trip++;
7182
7183 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7184 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7185 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7186
7187 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7188 section sizes. */
7189 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7190
7191 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7192 size. */
7193 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7194
7195 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7196 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7197 relax_again = FALSE;
7198 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7199 }
7200 while (relax_again);
7201
7202 link_info.relax_pass++;
7203 }
7204 need_layout = TRUE;
7205 }
7206
7207 if (need_layout)
7208 {
7209 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7210 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7211 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7212 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7213 }
7214 }
7215
7216 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7217 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7218 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7219 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7220 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7221 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7222 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7223 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7224 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7225 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7226 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7227
7228 static lang_input_statement_type *
7229 find_replacements_insert_point (bfd_boolean *before)
7230 {
7231 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7232 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7233 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
7234 claim1 != NULL;
7235 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
7236 {
7237 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7238 {
7239 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7240 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7241 }
7242 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7243 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7244 lastobject = claim1;
7245 }
7246 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7247 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7248 insert point. */
7249 *before = FALSE;
7250 return lastobject;
7251 }
7252
7253 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7254 added during a rescan. */
7255
7256 static lang_statement_union_type **
7257 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7258 {
7259 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7260 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7261 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7262 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7263 lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
7264
7265 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7266 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7267
7268 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7269 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7270 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7271 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7272 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7273 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7274 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7275 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7276 f != NULL;
7277 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
7278 {
7279 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7280 {
7281 before = last_loaded;
7282 if (f->next != NULL)
7283 return &f->next->input_statement.next;
7284 }
7285 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7286 last_loaded = f;
7287 }
7288
7289 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7290 *iter != NULL;
7291 iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7292 if (!(*iter)->input_statement.flags.claim_archive
7293 && (*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7294 break;
7295
7296 return iter;
7297 }
7298
7299 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7300 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7301 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7302
7303 static void
7304 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7305 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7306 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7307 {
7308 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7309 *field = srclist->head;
7310 if (destlist->tail == field)
7311 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7312 }
7313
7314 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7315 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7316
7317 static void
7318 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7319 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7320 {
7321 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7322 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7323 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7324 savetail = origlist->tail;
7325 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7326 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7327 destlist->tail = savetail;
7328 *savetail = NULL;
7329 }
7330
7331 static lang_statement_union_type **
7332 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7333 {
7334 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7335 {
7336 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7337 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7338 {
7339 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7340 return s;
7341 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7342 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7343 break;
7344 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7345 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7346 break;
7347 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7348 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7349 break;
7350 default:
7351 continue;
7352 }
7353 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7354 if (*t)
7355 return t;
7356 }
7357 return s;
7358 }
7359 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7360
7361 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7362
7363 void
7364 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7365 {
7366 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7367
7368 if (name == NULL)
7369 return;
7370
7371 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7372
7373 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7374 sym->name = name;
7375 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7376 }
7377
7378 /* Check relocations. */
7379
7380 static void
7381 lang_check_relocs (void)
7382 {
7383 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7384 {
7385 bfd *abfd;
7386
7387 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7388 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7389 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7390 {
7391 /* No object output, fail return. */
7392 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7393 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7394 continue the scan in case there are other
7395 bad relocations to report. */
7396 }
7397 }
7398 }
7399
7400 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7401 propagate forward the lma region. */
7402
7403 static void
7404 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7405 {
7406 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7407
7408 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
7409 os != NULL;
7410 os = os->next)
7411 {
7412 if (os->prev != NULL
7413 && os->lma_region == NULL
7414 && os->load_base == NULL
7415 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7416 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7417 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7418 }
7419 }
7420
7421 void
7422 lang_process (void)
7423 {
7424 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7425 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7426 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7427
7428 current_target = default_target;
7429
7430 /* Open the output file. */
7431 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7432 init_opb ();
7433
7434 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7435
7436 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7437 lang_place_undefineds ();
7438
7439 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7440 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7441
7442 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7443 current_target = default_target;
7444 lang_statement_iteration++;
7445 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7446 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7447 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7448 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7449
7450 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7451 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7452 {
7453 lang_statement_list_type added;
7454 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7455
7456 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7457 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7458 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7459 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7460 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7461 file. */
7462 added = *stat_ptr;
7463 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7464 files = file_chain;
7465 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7466 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7467 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7468 plugin_error_plugin ());
7469 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7470 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
7471 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7472 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
7473 plugin_undefs = NULL;
7474 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7475 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7476 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7477 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7478 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7479 /* Were any new files added? */
7480 if (added.head != NULL)
7481 {
7482 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7483 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
7484 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
7485 immediately before. */
7486 bfd_boolean before;
7487 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
7488 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
7489 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7490 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7491 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7492 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7493 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7494 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7495 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7496 if (before)
7497 {
7498 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
7499 if (*prev != plugin_insert->next_real_file)
7500 {
7501 /* Huh? We didn't find the expected input statement. */
7502 ASSERT (0);
7503 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7504 }
7505 }
7506 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
7507 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7508 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7509 &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7510 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7511 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7512 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7513 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7514 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7515 else
7516 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7517
7518 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7519 files = file_chain;
7520 lang_statement_iteration++;
7521 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7522 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7523 while (files.head != NULL)
7524 {
7525 lang_statement_union_type **insert;
7526 lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
7527 bfd *my_arch;
7528
7529 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7530 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7531 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7532 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7533 if (my_arch != NULL)
7534 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7535 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7536 break;
7537 temp = *insert;
7538 *insert = files.head;
7539 files.head = *iter;
7540 *iter = temp;
7541 if (my_arch != NULL)
7542 {
7543 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7544 if (parent != NULL)
7545 parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
7546 ((char *) iter
7547 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7548 }
7549 }
7550 }
7551 }
7552 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7553
7554 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7555 before now. */
7556 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7557
7558 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7559
7560 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7561 {
7562 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7563
7564 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7565 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7566 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7567 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7568 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7569 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7570 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7571 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7572 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7573 }
7574
7575 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7576 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7577
7578 ldemul_after_open ();
7579 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7580 lang_print_asneeded ();
7581
7582 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7583
7584 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7585 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7586 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7587 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7588 link. */
7589 lang_check ();
7590
7591 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7592 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7593 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7594
7595 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7596 files. */
7597 ldctor_build_sets ();
7598
7599 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7600 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7601 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7602 if (config.build_constructors)
7603 lang_init_start_stop ();
7604
7605 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7606 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7607 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7608 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7609
7610 /* Size up the common data. */
7611 lang_common ();
7612
7613 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7614 lang_gc_sections ();
7615
7616 /* Check relocations. */
7617 lang_check_relocs ();
7618
7619 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7620
7621 /* Update wild statements. */
7622 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7623
7624 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7625 to the correct output sections. */
7626 lang_statement_iteration++;
7627 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7628
7629 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
7630 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
7631 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
7632
7633 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7634 lang_place_orphans ();
7635
7636 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7637 {
7638 asection *found;
7639
7640 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7641 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7642 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7643 is hard then. */
7644 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7645
7646 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7647 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7648
7649 if (found != NULL)
7650 {
7651 if (config.text_read_only)
7652 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7653 else
7654 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7655 }
7656 }
7657
7658 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7659 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7660
7661 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7662 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7663 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7664 if (config.build_constructors)
7665 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7666
7667 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7668 dynamic symbols are created. */
7669 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7670 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7671
7672 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7673 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7674 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7675
7676 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7677 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7678 lang_record_phdrs ();
7679
7680 /* Check relro sections. */
7681 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7682 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7683
7684 /* Size up the sections. */
7685 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7686
7687 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7688 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7689 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7690
7691 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7692 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7693
7694 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
7695 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
7696 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
7697 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
7698 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
7699 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7700
7701 ldemul_finish ();
7702
7703 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7704 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7705
7706 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7707 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7708 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7709
7710 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7711 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7712
7713 lang_end ();
7714 }
7715
7716 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7717
7718 void
7719 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7720 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7721 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7722 {
7723 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7724 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7725
7726 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7727 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7728 curr != NULL;
7729 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7730 {
7731 next = curr->next;
7732 curr->next = section_list;
7733 }
7734
7735 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7736 {
7737 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7738 filespec->name = NULL;
7739 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7740 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7741 }
7742
7743 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7744 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7745 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7746 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7747 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7748 if (filespec != NULL)
7749 {
7750 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7751 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7752 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7753 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7754 }
7755 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7756 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7757 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7758 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7759 }
7760
7761 void
7762 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7763 const segment_type *segment)
7764 {
7765 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7766
7767 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7768 ad->section_name = name;
7769 ad->address = address;
7770 ad->segment = segment;
7771 }
7772
7773 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7774 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7775 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7776 precedence. */
7777
7778 void
7779 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7780 {
7781 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7782 || cmdline
7783 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7784 {
7785 entry_symbol.name = name;
7786 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7787 }
7788 }
7789
7790 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7791 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7792 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7793 must be permanently allocated. */
7794 void
7795 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7796 {
7797 entry_symbol_default = name;
7798 }
7799
7800 void
7801 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7802 {
7803 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7804
7805 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7806 new_stmt->target = name;
7807 }
7808
7809 void
7810 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7811 {
7812 while (*name)
7813 {
7814 switch (*name)
7815 {
7816 case 'F':
7817 map_option_f = TRUE;
7818 break;
7819 }
7820 name++;
7821 }
7822 }
7823
7824 void
7825 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7826 {
7827 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7828
7829 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7830 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7831 }
7832
7833 void
7834 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7835 {
7836 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7837
7838 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7839 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7840 new_stmt->type = type;
7841 }
7842
7843 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7844 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7845 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7846 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7847 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7848 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7849
7850 void
7851 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7852 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7853 asection *section,
7854 const char *name,
7855 union etree_union *addend)
7856 {
7857 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7858
7859 p->reloc = reloc;
7860 p->howto = howto;
7861 p->section = section;
7862 p->name = name;
7863 p->addend_exp = addend;
7864
7865 p->addend_value = 0;
7866 p->output_section = NULL;
7867 p->output_offset = 0;
7868 }
7869
7870 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7871 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7872 {
7873 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7874
7875 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7876 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7877 return new_stmt;
7878 }
7879
7880 void
7881 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7882 {
7883 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7884 }
7885
7886 void
7887 lang_startup (const char *name)
7888 {
7889 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7890 {
7891 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7892 }
7893 first_file->filename = name;
7894 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7895 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7896 }
7897
7898 void
7899 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7900 {
7901 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7902 }
7903
7904
7905 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7906 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7907
7908 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7909 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7910 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7911 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7912 had an explicit load address.
7913
7914 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7915
7916 static void
7917 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7918 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7919 const char *memspec,
7920 const char *lma_memspec,
7921 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7922 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7923 {
7924 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7925
7926 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7927 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7928 as well. */
7929 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7930 && !have_vma
7931 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7932 *region = *lma_region;
7933 else
7934 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7935
7936 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7937 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7938 NULL);
7939 }
7940
7941 void
7942 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7943 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7944 const char *lma_memspec)
7945 {
7946 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7947 &current_section->lma_region,
7948 memspec, lma_memspec,
7949 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7950 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7951
7952 current_section->fill = fill;
7953 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7954 pop_stat_ptr ();
7955 }
7956
7957 void
7958 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7959 lang_statement_union_type *element,
7960 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7961 {
7962 *(list->tail) = element;
7963 list->tail = field;
7964 }
7965
7966 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7967
7968 void
7969 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7970 const char *big,
7971 const char *little,
7972 int from_script)
7973 {
7974 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7975 {
7976 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7977 && big != NULL)
7978 format = big;
7979 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7980 && little != NULL)
7981 format = little;
7982
7983 output_target = format;
7984 }
7985 }
7986
7987 void
7988 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7989 {
7990 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7991
7992 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7993 new_stmt->where = where;
7994 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7995 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7996 }
7997
7998 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7999 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
8000
8001 void
8002 lang_enter_group (void)
8003 {
8004 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8005
8006 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8007 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8008 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8009 }
8010
8011 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8012 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8013 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8014 but currently they can't. */
8015
8016 void
8017 lang_leave_group (void)
8018 {
8019 pop_stat_ptr ();
8020 }
8021
8022 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8023 command in a linker script. */
8024
8025 void
8026 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8027 etree_type *type,
8028 bfd_boolean filehdr,
8029 bfd_boolean phdrs,
8030 etree_type *at,
8031 etree_type *flags)
8032 {
8033 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8034 bfd_boolean hdrs;
8035
8036 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8037 n->next = NULL;
8038 n->name = name;
8039 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8040 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8041 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8042 n->at = at;
8043 n->flags = flags;
8044
8045 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8046
8047 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8048 if (hdrs
8049 && (*pp)->type == 1
8050 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8051 {
8052 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8053 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8054 hdrs = FALSE;
8055 }
8056
8057 *pp = n;
8058 }
8059
8060 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8061 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8062
8063 static void
8064 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8065 {
8066 unsigned int alc;
8067 asection **secs;
8068 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8069 struct lang_phdr *l;
8070 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8071
8072 alc = 10;
8073 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8074 last = NULL;
8075
8076 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8077 {
8078 unsigned int c;
8079 flagword flags;
8080 bfd_vma at;
8081
8082 c = 0;
8083 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
8084 os != NULL;
8085 os = os->next)
8086 {
8087 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8088
8089 if (os->constraint < 0)
8090 continue;
8091
8092 pl = os->phdrs;
8093 if (pl != NULL)
8094 last = pl;
8095 else
8096 {
8097 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8098 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8099 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8100 continue;
8101
8102 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8103 if (l->type == 3)
8104 continue;
8105
8106 if (last == NULL)
8107 {
8108 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8109
8110 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8111 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8112 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8113 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8114 header and there are sections in that script which are
8115 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8116 use of that header. See here for more details:
8117 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8118 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8119 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8120 {
8121 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8122 break;
8123 }
8124 if (last == NULL)
8125 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8126 }
8127 pl = last;
8128 }
8129
8130 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8131 continue;
8132
8133 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8134 {
8135 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8136 {
8137 if (c >= alc)
8138 {
8139 alc *= 2;
8140 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8141 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8142 }
8143 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8144 ++c;
8145 pl->used = TRUE;
8146 }
8147 }
8148 }
8149
8150 if (l->flags == NULL)
8151 flags = 0;
8152 else
8153 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8154
8155 if (l->at == NULL)
8156 at = 0;
8157 else
8158 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8159
8160 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8161 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8162 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8163 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8164 }
8165
8166 free (secs);
8167
8168 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8169 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
8170 os != NULL;
8171 os = os->next)
8172 {
8173 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8174
8175 if (os->constraint < 0
8176 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8177 continue;
8178
8179 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8180 pl != NULL;
8181 pl = pl->next)
8182 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8183 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8184 os->name, pl->name);
8185 }
8186 }
8187
8188 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8189
8190 void
8191 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8192 {
8193 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8194
8195 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8196 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8197 n->list = l;
8198 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8199 nocrossref_list = n;
8200
8201 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8202 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8203 }
8204
8205 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8206
8207 void
8208 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8209 {
8210 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8211 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8212 }
8213 \f
8214 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8215
8216 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8217 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8218 /* And subsection alignment. */
8219 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8220
8221 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8222 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8223
8224 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8225
8226 struct overlay_list {
8227 struct overlay_list *next;
8228 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8229 };
8230
8231 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8232
8233 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8234
8235 void
8236 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8237 {
8238 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8239 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8240 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8241 && overlay_max == NULL);
8242
8243 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8244 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8245 }
8246
8247 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8248 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8249 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8250
8251 void
8252 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8253 {
8254 struct overlay_list *n;
8255 etree_type *size;
8256
8257 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8258 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8259
8260 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8261 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8262 used in the addresses. */
8263 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8264 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8265
8266 /* Remember the section. */
8267 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8268 n->os = current_section;
8269 n->next = overlay_list;
8270 overlay_list = n;
8271
8272 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8273
8274 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8275 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8276 overlay_max = size;
8277 else
8278 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8279 }
8280
8281 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8282 here. */
8283
8284 void
8285 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8286 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8287 {
8288 const char *name;
8289 char *clean, *s2;
8290 const char *s1;
8291 char *buf;
8292
8293 name = current_section->name;
8294
8295 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8296 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8297 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8298 override it. */
8299 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8300
8301 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8302
8303 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8304 s2 = clean;
8305 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8306 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8307 *s2++ = *s1;
8308 *s2 = '\0';
8309
8310 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8311 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8312 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8313 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8314 FALSE));
8315
8316 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8317 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8318 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8319 exp_binop ('+',
8320 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8321 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8322 FALSE));
8323
8324 free (clean);
8325 }
8326
8327 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8328 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8329
8330 void
8331 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8332 int nocrossrefs,
8333 fill_type *fill,
8334 const char *memspec,
8335 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8336 const char *lma_memspec)
8337 {
8338 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8339 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8340 struct overlay_list *l;
8341 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8342
8343 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8344 memspec, lma_memspec,
8345 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8346
8347 nocrossref = NULL;
8348
8349 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8350 overlay region. */
8351 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8352 {
8353 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8354 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8355 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8356 }
8357
8358 l = overlay_list;
8359 while (l != NULL)
8360 {
8361 struct overlay_list *next;
8362
8363 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8364 l->os->fill = fill;
8365
8366 l->os->region = region;
8367 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8368
8369 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8370 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8371 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8372 an LMA region was specified. */
8373 if (l->next == 0)
8374 {
8375 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8376 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8377 }
8378 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8379 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8380
8381 if (nocrossrefs)
8382 {
8383 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8384
8385 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8386 nc->name = l->os->name;
8387 nc->next = nocrossref;
8388 nocrossref = nc;
8389 }
8390
8391 next = l->next;
8392 free (l);
8393 l = next;
8394 }
8395
8396 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8397 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8398
8399 overlay_vma = NULL;
8400 overlay_list = NULL;
8401 overlay_max = NULL;
8402 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8403 }
8404 \f
8405 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8406
8407 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8408 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8409 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8410
8411 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8412 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8413 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8414 const char *sym)
8415 {
8416 const char *c_sym;
8417 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8418 const char *java_sym = sym;
8419 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8420 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8421
8422 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8423 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8424 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8425 if (!c_sym)
8426 c_sym = sym;
8427 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8428
8429 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8430 {
8431 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8432 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8433 if (!cxx_sym)
8434 cxx_sym = sym;
8435 }
8436 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8437 {
8438 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8439 if (!java_sym)
8440 java_sym = sym;
8441 }
8442
8443 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8444 {
8445 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8446
8447 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8448 {
8449 case 0:
8450 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8451 {
8452 e.pattern = c_sym;
8453 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8454 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8455 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8456 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8457 goto out_ret;
8458 else
8459 expr = expr->next;
8460 }
8461 /* Fallthrough */
8462 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8463 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8464 {
8465 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8466 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8467 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8468 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8469 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8470 goto out_ret;
8471 else
8472 expr = expr->next;
8473 }
8474 /* Fallthrough */
8475 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8476 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8477 {
8478 e.pattern = java_sym;
8479 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8480 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8481 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8482 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8483 goto out_ret;
8484 else
8485 expr = expr->next;
8486 }
8487 /* Fallthrough */
8488 default:
8489 break;
8490 }
8491 }
8492
8493 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8494 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8495 expr = head->remaining;
8496 else
8497 expr = prev->next;
8498 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8499 {
8500 const char *s;
8501
8502 if (!expr->pattern)
8503 continue;
8504
8505 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8506 break;
8507
8508 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8509 s = java_sym;
8510 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8511 s = cxx_sym;
8512 else
8513 s = c_sym;
8514 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8515 break;
8516 }
8517
8518 out_ret:
8519 if (c_sym != sym)
8520 free ((char *) c_sym);
8521 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8522 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8523 if (java_sym != sym)
8524 free ((char *) java_sym);
8525 return expr;
8526 }
8527
8528 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8529 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8530
8531 static const char *
8532 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8533 {
8534 const char *p;
8535 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8536 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8537
8538 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8539 {
8540 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8541 backslash. */
8542 if (backslash)
8543 {
8544 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8545 *(s - 1) = *p;
8546 backslash = FALSE;
8547 changed = TRUE;
8548 }
8549 else
8550 {
8551 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8552 {
8553 free (symbol);
8554 return NULL;
8555 }
8556
8557 *s++ = *p;
8558 backslash = *p == '\\';
8559 }
8560 }
8561
8562 if (changed)
8563 {
8564 *s = '\0';
8565 return symbol;
8566 }
8567 else
8568 {
8569 free (symbol);
8570 return pattern;
8571 }
8572 }
8573
8574 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8575 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8576 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8577
8578 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8579 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8580 const char *new_name,
8581 const char *lang,
8582 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8583 {
8584 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8585
8586 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8587 ret->next = orig;
8588 ret->symver = 0;
8589 ret->script = 0;
8590 ret->literal = TRUE;
8591 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8592 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8593 {
8594 ret->pattern = new_name;
8595 ret->literal = FALSE;
8596 }
8597
8598 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8599 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8600 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8601 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8602 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8603 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8604 else
8605 {
8606 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8607 lang);
8608 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8609 }
8610
8611 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8612 }
8613
8614 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8615 expressions. */
8616
8617 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8618 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8619 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8620 {
8621 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8622
8623 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8624 ret->globals.list = globals;
8625 ret->locals.list = locals;
8626 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8627 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8628 return ret;
8629 }
8630
8631 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8632
8633 static int version_index;
8634
8635 static hashval_t
8636 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8637 {
8638 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8639 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8640
8641 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8642 }
8643
8644 static int
8645 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8646 {
8647 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8648 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8649 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8650 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8651
8652 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8653 }
8654
8655 static void
8656 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8657 {
8658 size_t count = 0;
8659 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8660 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8661
8662 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8663 {
8664 if (e->literal)
8665 count++;
8666 head->mask |= e->mask;
8667 }
8668
8669 if (count)
8670 {
8671 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8672 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8673 list_loc = &head->list;
8674 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8675 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8676 {
8677 next = e->next;
8678 if (!e->literal)
8679 {
8680 *remaining_loc = e;
8681 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8682 }
8683 else
8684 {
8685 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8686
8687 if (*loc)
8688 {
8689 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8690
8691 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8692 last = NULL;
8693 do
8694 {
8695 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8696 {
8697 last = NULL;
8698 break;
8699 }
8700 last = e1;
8701 e1 = e1->next;
8702 }
8703 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8704
8705 if (last == NULL)
8706 {
8707 /* This is a duplicate. */
8708 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8709 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8710 /* free (e->pattern); */
8711 free (e);
8712 }
8713 else
8714 {
8715 e->next = last->next;
8716 last->next = e;
8717 }
8718 }
8719 else
8720 {
8721 *loc = e;
8722 *list_loc = e;
8723 list_loc = &e->next;
8724 }
8725 }
8726 }
8727 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8728 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8729 }
8730 else
8731 head->remaining = head->list;
8732 }
8733
8734 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8735 version. */
8736
8737 void
8738 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8739 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8740 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8741 {
8742 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8743 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8744
8745 if (name == NULL)
8746 name = "";
8747
8748 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8749 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8750 {
8751 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8752 " with other version tags\n"));
8753 free (version);
8754 return;
8755 }
8756
8757 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8758 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8759 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8760 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8761
8762 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8763 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8764
8765 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8766 aren't any duplicates. */
8767
8768 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8769 {
8770 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8771 {
8772 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8773
8774 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8775 {
8776 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8777 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8778 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8779 {
8780 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8781 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8782 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8783 e2 = e2->next;
8784 }
8785 }
8786 else if (!e1->literal)
8787 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8788 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8789 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8790 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8791 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8792 }
8793 }
8794
8795 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8796 {
8797 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8798 {
8799 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8800
8801 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8802 {
8803 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8804 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8805 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8806 {
8807 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8808 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8809 " in version information\n"),
8810 e1->pattern);
8811 e2 = e2->next;
8812 }
8813 }
8814 else if (!e1->literal)
8815 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8816 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8817 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8818 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8819 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8820 }
8821 }
8822
8823 version->deps = deps;
8824 version->name = name;
8825 if (name[0] != '\0')
8826 {
8827 ++version_index;
8828 version->vernum = version_index;
8829 }
8830 else
8831 version->vernum = 0;
8832
8833 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8834 ;
8835 *pp = version;
8836 }
8837
8838 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8839
8840 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8841 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8842 {
8843 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8844 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8845
8846 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8847 ret->next = list;
8848
8849 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8850 {
8851 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8852 {
8853 ret->version_needed = t;
8854 return ret;
8855 }
8856 }
8857
8858 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8859
8860 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8861 return ret;
8862 }
8863
8864 static void
8865 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8866 {
8867 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8868
8869 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8870 {
8871 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8872 char *contents, *p;
8873 bfd_size_type len;
8874
8875 if (sec == NULL)
8876 continue;
8877
8878 len = sec->size;
8879 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8880 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8881 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8882
8883 p = contents;
8884 while (p < contents + len)
8885 {
8886 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8887 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8888 }
8889
8890 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8891
8892 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8893 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8894 }
8895
8896 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8897 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8898 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8899 }
8900
8901 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8902
8903 static void
8904 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8905 {
8906 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8907
8908 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8909 {
8910 if (r->origin_exp)
8911 {
8912 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8913 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8914 {
8915 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8916 r->current = r->origin;
8917 }
8918 else
8919 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8920 r->name_list.name);
8921 }
8922 if (r->length_exp)
8923 {
8924 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8925 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8926 r->length = expld.result.value;
8927 else
8928 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8929 r->name_list.name);
8930 }
8931 }
8932 }
8933
8934 void
8935 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8936 {
8937 struct unique_sections *ent;
8938
8939 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8940 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8941 return;
8942
8943 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8944 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8945 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8946 unique_section_list = ent;
8947 }
8948
8949 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8950
8951 void
8952 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8953 {
8954 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8955 {
8956 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8957 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8958 ;
8959 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8960 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8961 }
8962 else
8963 {
8964 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8965
8966 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8967 d->head.list = dynamic;
8968 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8969 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8970 }
8971 }
8972
8973 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8974 one. */
8975
8976 void
8977 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8978 {
8979 const char *symbols[] =
8980 {
8981 "typeinfo name for*",
8982 "typeinfo for*"
8983 };
8984 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8985 unsigned int i;
8986
8987 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8988 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8989 FALSE);
8990
8991 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8992 }
8993
8994 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8995 existing one. */
8996
8997 void
8998 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8999 {
9000 const char *symbols[] =
9001 {
9002 "operator new*",
9003 "operator delete*"
9004 };
9005 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9006 unsigned int i;
9007
9008 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9009 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9010 FALSE);
9011
9012 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
9013 }
9014
9015 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9016
9017 void
9018 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9019 {
9020 char *p, *q;
9021
9022 p = str;
9023 while (*p)
9024 {
9025 char sep;
9026 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9027 ++p;
9028 if (!*p)
9029 break;
9030 q = p + 1;
9031 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9032 ++q;
9033 sep = *q;
9034 *q = 0;
9035 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9036 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
9037 else
9038 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9039 *q = sep;
9040 p = q;
9041 }
9042 }
9043
9044 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9045
9046 static void
9047 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9048 {
9049 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9050 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9051 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9052 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9053 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9054 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9055 else
9056 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9057 }
9058
9059 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9060
9061 void
9062 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9063 {
9064 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9065
9066 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9067 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9068 {
9069 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9070 double percent;
9071
9072 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9073 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9074 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9075
9076 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9077
9078 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
9079 }
9080 }